WO2024062941A1 - User equipment (ue) - Google Patents

User equipment (ue) Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024062941A1
WO2024062941A1 PCT/JP2023/032778 JP2023032778W WO2024062941A1 WO 2024062941 A1 WO2024062941 A1 WO 2024062941A1 JP 2023032778 W JP2023032778 W JP 2023032778W WO 2024062941 A1 WO2024062941 A1 WO 2024062941A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
identification information
network
local service
message
receives
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/032778
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
晶貴 泉
靖夫 菅原
周一郎 千葉
陽子 久下
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Publication of WO2024062941A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024062941A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18Selecting a network or a communication service

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to UE (User Equipment).
  • Non-Patent Documents 1 to 4 The 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) is considering the system architecture of 5GS (5G System), a 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, and discussions are being held to support new procedures and new functions. (Refer to Non-Patent Documents 1 to 4). In recent years, there has been active discussion about how to use local services in NPN (Non-Public Network) (see Non-Patent Document 5).
  • NPN Non-Public Network
  • 5G Core Network a new core network, 5GCN (5G Core Network), is being considered in order to provide a wide variety of services.
  • non-public networks such as NPN (Non-Public Network), which are defined separately from PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network), which is a public network, can be used by specific users for specific purposes. Functions to provide a public network and realize a private network are also being considered.
  • the UE recognizes sessions for local services using local service identifiers.
  • the specific procedure by which the UE obtains the local service identifier is not clear.
  • One embodiment of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances.
  • the purpose is to clarify the procedure by which a UE obtains a local service identifier.
  • UE User Equipment
  • UE includes a transmitting/receiving unit and a control unit, and when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services, the transmitting/receiving unit 1, wherein the first identification information is an identifier of a local service; Based on the first identification information, the transmitting/receiving unit recognizes an identifier of an available local service, and transmits a PDU session establishment request message including the first identification information.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit Based on the first identification information, the transmitting/receiving unit recognizes an identifier of an available local service, and transmits a PDU session establishment request message including the first identification information.
  • the procedure by which a UE obtains an identifier for a local service can be clarified.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an outline of a mobile communication system (EPS/5GS). This is a diagram explaining the detailed configuration of the mobile communication system (EPS/5GS).
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the device configuration of a UE.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of an access network device (gNB) in 5GS.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of a core network device (AMF/SMF/UPF) in 5GS. It is a figure explaining a registration procedure.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating a UE configuration update procedure.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a PDU session establishment procedure.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining the outline of a mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
  • the mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network)_A5, access network_B120, core network_B190, and DN (Data Network)_A6. It is stated that
  • symbols may be omitted for these devices and functions, such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. .
  • Figure 2 also shows the devices and functions of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, N3IWF170, etc. Interfaces that connect these devices and functions to each other are described.
  • the EPS Evolved Packet System
  • 4G system is configured to include an access network_A and a core network_A, but may also include a UE and/or a PDN.
  • 5GS which is a 5G system, includes a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
  • a UE is a device capable of connecting to network services via a 3GPP access (also referred to as a 3GPP access network, 3GPP AN) and/or a non-3GPP access (also referred to as a non-3GPP access network, non-3GPP AN).
  • the UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device connectable to both EPS and 5GS.
  • the UE may include a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). Note that the UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
  • the access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and/or a wireless LAN access network.
  • E-UTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • eNB45 may be written with the symbol omitted, such as eNB.
  • each eNB is connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface.
  • one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
  • access network_B corresponds to 5G access network (5G AN).
  • 5G AN consists of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and/or non-3GPP access network.
  • NG-RAN NG Radio Access Network
  • gNBs NR NodeBs
  • gNB122 may be written with the symbol omitted, such as gNB.
  • gNB is a node that provides an NR (New Radio) user plane and a control plane to UE, and is a node that connects to 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface).
  • gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS, and has different functions from the base station device (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system. Furthermore, when there are multiple gNBs, each gNB is connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
  • the non-3GPP access network may be an untrusted non-3GPP access network or a trusted non-3GPP access network.
  • the untrusted non-3GPP access network may be a non-3GPP access network that does not perform security management within the access network, such as a public wireless LAN.
  • the trusted non-3GPP access network may be an access network defined by 3GPP, and may include a TNAP (trusted non-3GPP access point) and a TNGF (trusted non-3GPP gateway function).
  • E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access.
  • wireless LAN access networks and non-3GPP AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access.
  • nodes placed in access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
  • access network_A and/or access network_B and/or devices included in access network_A and/or devices included in access network_B are referred to as access networks or access network devices. It is sometimes called.
  • core network_A corresponds to EPC (Evolved Packet Core).
  • EPC includes, for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway)-U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. Placed.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PGW-C Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PCRF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • Core Network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network).
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
  • core network_A and/or core network_B devices included in core network_A, and/or devices included in core network_B are referred to as core networks, core network devices, or core networks. Sometimes referred to as an internal device.
  • a core network is a mobile communication carrier (Mobile It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MNO), a core network for a mobile communication carrier that operates and manages a mobile communication system, ), or a core network for virtual mobile communication carriers or virtual mobile communication service providers such as MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler).
  • MNO Mobile Virtual Network Operator
  • MVNE Mobile Virtual Network Enabler
  • the PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides communication services to the UE.
  • the DN may be configured as a packet data service network or may be configured for each service.
  • the PDN may include connected communication terminals. Therefore, connecting to the PDN may mean connecting to a communication terminal or server device located in the PDN.
  • transmitting and receiving user data to and from the PDN may mean transmitting and receiving user data to and from a communication terminal and a server device located in the PDN.
  • a PDN may be expressed as a DN, or a DN may be expressed as a PDN.
  • access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, and/or one or more devices included therein are referred to as networks or network devices. It is sometimes called.
  • the network and/or network equipment sends and receives messages and/or performs procedures in the access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN. means that at least some of them and/or one or more of the devices included therein send and receive messages and/or perform procedures.
  • the UE can connect to the access network. Furthermore, the UE can connect to the core network via the access network. Furthermore, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can transmit and receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN. When transmitting and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • IP communication refers to data communication using IP, and data is sent and received using IP packets.
  • An IP packet consists of an IP header and a payload part.
  • the payload portion may include data transmitted and received by devices and functions included in EPS and devices and functions included in 5GS.
  • non-IP communication refers to data communication that does not use IP, and data is sent and received using a format different from the IP packet structure.
  • non-IP communication may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which no IP header is attached, or it may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which no IP header is attached, or the UE may attach another header such as a Mac header or an Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header.
  • User data to be transmitted and received may also be transmitted and received.
  • devices not shown in FIG. 2 may be configured in the access network_A, core network_A, access network_B, core network_B, PDN_A, and DN_A.
  • the core network_A and/or the core network_B may include an Authentication Server Function (AUSF) or an Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting (AAA) server (AAA-S).
  • AUSF Authentication Server Function
  • AAA Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting
  • the AUSF is a core network device equipped with an authentication function for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. Specifically, it is a network function unit that receives an authentication request for 3GPP access and/or non-3GPP access from the UE and executes an authentication procedure.
  • the AAA server is a device that has authentication, authorization, and billing functions and is connected to the AUSF directly or indirectly via another network device.
  • the AAA server may be a network device within the core network.
  • the AAA server may not be included in core network_A and/or core network_B, but may be included in the PLMN.
  • the AAA server may be a core network device, or a device outside the core network.
  • the AAA server may be a server device within the PLMN managed by a 3rd Party.
  • each device/function is shown one by one to simplify the diagram, but the mobile communication system 1 may include a plurality of similar devices/functions.
  • the mobile communication system 1 includes multiple UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, and/or UDM150. Devices and functions such as the above may be configured.
  • UPF_A235 is connected to DN, SMF, other UPFs, and access networks.
  • UPF_A235 supports anchoring for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, packet routing & forwarding, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) functionality that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, Branching point function that supports multi-homed PDU sessions, QoS processing for user plane, uplink traffic verification, downlink packet buffering, and downlink data notification. It may also play a role such as a trigger function.
  • UPF_A235 may be a relay device that transfers user data as a gateway between the DN and core network_B190. Note that the UPF_A 235 may be a gateway for IP communication and/or non-IP communication.
  • UPF_A235 may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting non-IP communication and IP communication.
  • the plurality of gateways may be a gateway that connects the core network_B190 and a single DN. Note that the UPF_A 235 may have connectivity with other NFs, and may be connected to each device via other NFs.
  • UPF_C 239 (also referred to as branching point or uplink classifier), may exist as a device or NF between UPF_A 235 and the access network. If UPF_C239 exists, the PDU session between the UE and the DN will be established via the access network, UPF_C239, UPF_A235.
  • the UPF 130 may be a device similar to the UPF_A 235. Note that UPF130 and UPF_A235 may be written without symbols, like UPF.
  • each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or configured as software. It's okay to be. Further, at least some (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
  • each memory unit (memory unit_A340, memory unit_A440, memory unit_B540, memory unit_A640, memory unit_B740) in each device/function mentioned below is composed of, for example, a semiconductor memory, SSD (Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive), etc.
  • each memory unit can store not only information that was originally set at the time of shipment, but also various information transmitted and received between the device/function other than the device/function itself (for example, UE, and/or access network device, and/or core network device, and/or PDN, and/or DN).
  • each memory unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, etc. contained in control messages transmitted and received within various communication procedures described below.
  • each memory unit may store this information for each UE.
  • each memory unit can store control messages and user data transmitted and received between 5GS and/or devices/functions included in EPS. At this time, it is possible to store not only those sent and received via the N26 interface, but also those sent and received without going through the N26 interface.
  • the UE includes a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmitting/receiving unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340.
  • the control unit_A300, the transmitting/receiving unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
  • the control unit_A300 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire UE.
  • the control unit_A300 implements various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_A340 as necessary.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit_A320 is a functional unit for wirelessly communicating with a base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via an antenna. That is, the UE can transmit and receive user data and/or control information between the access network device and/or the core network device and/or the PDN and/or the DN using the transmitter/receiver_A320. can.
  • a base station device eNB or gNB
  • the UE can communicate with the base station apparatus (eNB) in the E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transmitting/receiving unit_A320.
  • the UE can communicate with a base station device (gNB) within the 5G AN by using the transceiver unit_A320.
  • the UE can transmit and receive NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) messages with the AMF via the N1 interface.
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • the storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UE.
  • gNB is composed of a control unit_B500, an antenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmitting/receiving unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540.
  • the control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, transmission/reception unit_B530, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit_B530 is connected to the antenna 510.
  • the control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire gNB.
  • the control unit_B500 implements various processes in the gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as necessary.
  • the network connection unit_B520 is a functional unit for gNB to communicate with AMF and/or UPF. That is, the gNB can send and receive user data and/or control information to and from the AMF and/or UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit_B530 is a functional unit for wirelessly communicating with the UE via the antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit and receive user data and/or control information to and from the UE using the transmitting and receiving unit_B530.
  • a gNB in a 5G AN can communicate with the AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection unit_B520, and can communicate with the UPF via the N3 interface.
  • the gNB can also communicate with a UE by using the transceiver unit_B530.
  • the storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the gNB.
  • AMF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • AMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • the control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF.
  • the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the memory unit_B740 as necessary.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for AMF to connect with the base station device (gNB), and/or SMF, and/or PCF, and/or UDM, and/or SCEF in the 5G AN.
  • the AMF uses the network connection part_B720 to communicate with the base station equipment (gNB) in the 5G AN, and/or the SMF, and/or the PCF, and/or the UDM, and/or the SCEF. Data and/or control information can be sent and received.
  • AMF in 5GCN can communicate with gNB via N2 interface by using network connection_A620, and communicate with UDM via N8 interface.
  • N11 interface it can communicate with the SMF, and through the N15 interface, it can communicate with the PCF.
  • the AMF can send and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface.
  • the N1 interface is logical, in reality, communication between the UE and AMF takes place via 5G AN.
  • the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the AMF.
  • AMF has a function to exchange control messages with the RAN using the N2 interface, a function to exchange NAS messages with the UE using the N1 interface, a function to perform encryption and integrity protection of NAS messages, and registration management.
  • RM Registration management
  • CM Connection management
  • SEA Security Anchor Functionality
  • SCM Security Context Management
  • N3IWF Non-3GPP Interworking Function
  • the RM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF.
  • the RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state).
  • RM-DEREGISTERED state the UE is not registered in the network, and the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE.
  • the RM-REGISTERED state the UE is registered with the network, so the UE can receive services that require registration with the network.
  • the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state.
  • the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state
  • the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
  • 5GMM-REGISTERED may be a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state where a PDU session context has been established. Note that when each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may start transmitting and receiving user data and control messages, or may respond to paging. Furthermore, if each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, the UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and/or a service request procedure.
  • 5GMM-DEREGISTERED may be a state where each device has not established a 5GMM context, a state where the location information of UE_A10 is not known to the network, or a state where the network has reached UE_A10. It may be in a state where it is impossible. Note that when each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A10 may start a registration procedure, or may establish a 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
  • the CM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF.
  • the CM states include a disconnected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state).
  • CM-IDLE state the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface.
  • N2 connection N2 connection
  • N3 connection N3 interface connection
  • the CM-CONNECTED state it has a NAS signaling connection established with AMF via the N1 interface.
  • the CM-CONNECTED state the UE may have an N2 interface connection and/or an N3 interface connection.
  • the CM status in 3GPP access and the CM status in non-3GPP access may be managed separately.
  • the CM state in 3GPP access may include a disconnected state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) and a connected state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access).
  • the CM states in non-3GPP access include the disconnected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) and the connected state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access. ) is fine.
  • the disconnected state may be expressed as an idle mode
  • the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • the CM state may also be expressed as 5GMM mode.
  • the disconnected state may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode
  • the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM-CONNECTED mode.
  • the disconnected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access
  • the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access. CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access).
  • the disconnected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM disconnected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access
  • the connected state in non-3GPP access is - It may be expressed as 5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access.
  • the 5GMM unconnected mode may be expressed as an idle mode
  • the 5GMM connected mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
  • one or more AMFs may be placed within the core network_B.
  • the AMF may be a Network Function (NF) that manages one or more Network Slice Instances (NSIs).
  • NF Network Function
  • NSIs Network Slice Instances
  • the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among multiple NSIs.
  • CCNF Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)
  • N3IWF is a device and/or function placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
  • the SMF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • the SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • the control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire SMF.
  • the control unit_B700 implements various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for SMF to connect with AMF, and/or UPF, and/or PCF, and/or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and/or control information to and from the AMF and/or the UPF and/or the PCF and/or the UDM using the network connection_B720.
  • the SMF in 5GCN can communicate with AMF through N11 interface by using network connection_A620, and can communicate with UPF through N4 interface. Through the N7 interface, it can communicate with the PCF, and through the N10 interface, it can communicate with the UDM.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the SMF.
  • SMF has session management functions such as establishing, modifying, and releasing PDU sessions, IP address allocation and management functions for UEs, UPF selection and control functions, and appropriate destination (transmission destination) functions.
  • session management functions such as establishing, modifying, and releasing PDU sessions, IP address allocation and management functions for UEs, UPF selection and control functions, and appropriate destination (transmission destination) functions.
  • function to configure UPF to route traffic to It has the function of providing AN-specific (for each AN) SM information sent to the network, the function of determining the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, the roaming function, etc.
  • SSC mode Session and Service Continuity mode
  • the UPF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
  • the control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
  • the UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
  • the control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire UPF.
  • the control unit_B700 implements various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
  • the network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for UPF to connect to the base station device (gNB) and/or SMF and/or DN in the 5G AN.
  • the UPF uses the network connection part_B720 to transmit and receive user data and/or control information between the base station equipment (gNB) and/or SMF and/or DN in the 5G AN. Can be done.
  • the UPF in 5GCN can communicate with the gNB through the N3 interface by using the network connection part_A620, and can communicate with the SMF through the N4 interface. Through the N6 interface, it can communicate with the DN, and through the N9 interface, it can communicate with other UPFs.
  • the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UPF.
  • the UPF functions as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting to the DN (i.e., as a gateway between the DN and core network packet routing and forwarding functions, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, and multi-homed PDU sessions. It has branching point function, QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for user plane, uplink traffic verification function, downlink packet buffering, downlink data notification trigger function, etc.
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the UPF may be a gateway for IP communication and/or non-IP communication. Further, the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication. Furthermore, the plurality of gateways may be a gateway that connects core network_B and a single DN. Note that the UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, and may be connected to each device via other NFs.
  • the user plane refers to user data that is transmitted and received between the UE and the network.
  • the user plane may be sent and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and/or the S1-U interface and/or the S5 interface and/or the S8 interface and/or the SGi interface.
  • the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and the NG RAN, and/or the N3 interface, and/or the N9 interface, and/or the N6 interface.
  • the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane.
  • control plane is a control message that is sent and received to control communication of the UE.
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME.
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface.
  • the control plane may be transmitted and received using the interface between the UE and the NG RAN, and the N2 interface.
  • the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or as a C-Plane.
  • the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of multiple bearers.
  • the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
  • the network refers to at least part of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN. Further, one or more devices included in at least a portion of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN may be referred to as a network or a network device.
  • the fact that the network sends, receives, and/or processes messages may mean that devices within the network (network devices and/or control devices) send, receive, and/or process messages.
  • a device within a network may send, receive, and/or process messages, which may mean that the network sends, receives, and/or processes messages.
  • NW the network may be referred to as NW.
  • the network may refer to a PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) or may refer to an NPN (Non-Public Network), which will be described later.
  • network selection may refer to PLMN selection or SNPN selection.
  • NWDAF Network Data Analytics Function
  • NWDAF Network Data Analytics Function
  • NF Network Data Analytics Function
  • AF application function
  • a PCF Policy Control Function
  • Policy Control Function may be an NF that has a function of determining a policy for controlling network behavior.
  • NRF Network Repository Function
  • the NRF may be an NF that has a service discovery function.
  • the NRF may be an NF that has a function of providing information on the discovered NF upon receiving a discovery request for another NF from a certain NF.
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • the SM (Session Management) message may be a NAS message used in SM procedures.
  • the SM message may be referred to as a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM message.
  • the SM message may be a control message sent and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240.
  • SM messages include PDU session establishment request messages, PDU session establishment accept messages, PDU session establishment reject messages, and PDU session change request messages.
  • the SM procedure (also referred to as the procedure for SM) may include a PDU session establishment procedure, a PDU session modification procedure, and a PDU session release procedure. Each procedure may be initiated by the UE or the network.
  • the MM (Mobility management) message may be a NAS message used for procedures for the MM.
  • MM messages may be referred to as NAS MM messages.
  • the MM message may be a control message sent and received between UE_A10 and AMF_A240.
  • MM messages include registration request messages, registration accept messages, registration reject messages, non-registration request messages, and non-registration accept messages. Message, configuration update command message, configuration update complete message, service request message, service accept message, service reject message, notification Messages, notification response messages, etc. may be included.
  • MM procedures include registration procedures, de-registration procedures, generic UE configuration update procedures, authentication/authorization procedures, and services. It may include a request procedure, a paging procedure, and a notification procedure.
  • the 5GS (5G System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Furthermore, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service, or may be a service similar to the EPS service.
  • a non-5GS service may be a service other than a 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and/or a non-EPS service.
  • S1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is permitted to access EPC via E-UTRAN.
  • the S1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the S1 interface.
  • the S1 interface may be composed of an S1-MME interface and an S1-U interface.
  • N1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is allowed to access 5GC via the 5G access network.
  • the N1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the N1 interface.
  • APN Access Point Name
  • PDN Packet Data Network
  • PGW_A30/UPF_A235 Packet Data Network
  • the PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. If IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. If IPv4v6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6. If non-IP is specified, it indicates that communication is not using IP, but using a communication method other than IP.
  • a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session which can be defined as an association between a UE and a DN that provides PDU connectivity services, is a connectivity established between a UE and an external gateway. Good too.
  • this external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, etc.
  • the UE can use the PDU session to send and receive user data to and from devices such as application servers located in the DN.
  • each device UE, access network device, and/or core network device
  • this identification information may include one or more of DNN, QoS rules, PDU session type, application identification information, NSI identification information, access network identification information, and SSC mode, or may include other information. It may also be included. Furthermore, when establishing multiple PDU sessions, each piece of identification information associated with the PDU sessions may have the same content or may have different content.
  • DNN Data Network Name
  • DNN may be identification information that identifies a core network and/or an external network such as a DN. Furthermore, the DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW/UPF to connect the core network B190. Furthermore, DNN may correspond to APN (Access Point Name).
  • APN Access Point Name
  • the PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data will be sent and received using IPv4. If IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data will be sent and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Furthermore, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed. If Unstructured is specified, it indicates that data will be sent and received to the application server, etc. in the DN using Point-to-Point (P2P) tunneling technology. As the P2P tunneling technology, for example, UDP/IP encapsulation technology may be used. Note that the PDU session type may include IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
  • PLMN Public land mobile network
  • PLMN is a communication network that provides mobile wireless communication services.
  • PLMN is a network managed by an operator, which is a telecommunications carrier, and the operator can be identified by the PLMN ID.
  • a PLMN that matches the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) of the UE's IMSI (International Mobile Subscription Identity) may be the Home PLMN (HPLMN).
  • the UE may maintain an Equivalent PLMN list for identifying one or more EPLMNs (Equivalent PLMNs) in the USIM.
  • a PLMN different from HPLMN and/or EPLMN may be VPLMN (Visited PLMN).
  • the PLMN in which the UE has been successfully registered may be an RPLMN (Registered PLMN).
  • a registered PLMN is a PLMN in which the UE is registered.
  • an equivalent PLMN is a PLMN that is treated by the network as if it were the same PLMN as any PLMN.
  • an equivalent PLMN may be one or more PLMNs that are treated the same as a registered PLMN.
  • PLMN selection may be a procedure for the UE to select a PLMN.
  • PLMN selection may be performed when the UE connects to the PLMN.
  • the PLMN selection may be referred to as a PLMN selection process or a PLMN selection procedure.
  • the UE that is not operating in the SNPN access mode or the SNPN access operation mode may perform PLMN selection.
  • a UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode does not need to perform PLMN selection.
  • PLMN selection may be performed without registration. In other words, PLMN selection may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network.
  • PLMN selection may include an automatic PLMN selection mode and a manual PLMN selection mode. Note that PLMN selection may refer to automatic PLMN selection mode or manual PLMN selection mode.
  • a tracking area is a single or multiple range managed by the core network that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10.
  • the tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells.
  • the tracking area may be a range where control messages such as paging are broadcast, or a range where UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure.
  • the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or anything similar thereto.
  • the tracking area may be a TA (Tracking Area).
  • a tracking area may be identified by a TAI (Tracking Area Identity) consisting of a TAC (Tracking Area Code) and a PLMN.
  • a registration area is a collection of one or more TAs assigned to a UE by the AMF. Note that while the UE_A10 is moving within one or more TAs included in the registration area, it may be possible to move without transmitting or receiving a signal for updating the tracking area. In other words, the registration area may be a group of information indicating an area to which the UE_A10 can move without executing a tracking area update procedure.
  • a registration area may be identified by a TAI list comprised of one or more TAIs.
  • the UE ID is information for identifying the UE.
  • the UE ID may be SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, GUTI, 5G-GUTI, IMEI, IMEISV, TMSI, or 5G-S-TMSI.
  • the UE ID may be other information configured within the application or network.
  • the UE ID may be information for identifying a user.
  • the SUCI may be a privacy preserving identifier that includes a concealed SUPI. Further, the SUCI may be composed of SUPI Type, Home Network Identifier, Routing Indicator, Protection Scheme Id, Home Network Public Key Identifier, and Scheme Output.
  • SUPI Subscribescription Permanent Identifier
  • SUPI may be a globally unique identifier assigned to each subscriber in the 5G system.
  • SUPI may be defined as SUPI type and IMSI or NSI or GCI (Global Cable Identifier) or GLI (Global Line Identifier).
  • the SUPI type may indicate IMSI, NSI, GCI, or GLI. That is, when the SUPI type indicates IMSI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating IMSI and IMSI. Similarly, when the SUPI type indicates NSI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating NSI and NSI. Furthermore, when the SUPI type indicates GCI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating GCI and GCI. Further, when the SUPI type indicates GLI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating GLI and GLI.
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscription Identity
  • MCC Mobile Country Code
  • MNC Mobile Network Code
  • MSIN Mobile Subscriber Identification Number
  • 5G-GUTI may be information for providing an unambiguous UE identifier that does not reveal the UE or user's permanent identity.
  • 5G-GUTI may be information that can also identify the AMF and network.
  • 5G-GUTI may also be information used by the network and the UE to establish the identity of the UE.
  • the 5G-GUTI may be composed of two elements: one that identifies the AMF that allocated the 5G-GUTI, and one that uniquely identifies the UE within the AMF that allocated the 5G-GUTI.
  • the former may be GUAMI (Globally Unique AMF Identifier), and the latter may be 5G-TMSI (5G-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity). That is, 5G-GUTI may be composed of GUAMI and 5G-TMSI.
  • IMEI International Mobile station Equipment Identity
  • TAC Type Allocation Code
  • SNR Serial Number
  • CD Check Digit
  • SD Serial Digit
  • IMEISV International Mobile station Equipment Identity and Software Version number
  • TAC Type Allocation Code
  • SNR Serial Number
  • SVN Software Version Number
  • 5G-S-TMSI (5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscription Identifier) may be an abbreviation of 5G-GUTI.
  • 5G-S-TMSI may enable more efficient radio signaling procedures (for example, paging (also referred to as paging procedure) and service request (also referred to as service request procedure)).
  • paging also referred to as paging procedure
  • service request also referred to as service request procedure
  • the UE may be paged using 5G-S-TMSI.
  • 5G-S-TMSI may be composed of AMF Set ID, AMF Pointer, and 5G-TMSI.
  • the MAC address may be the hardware address of a device connected to the shared media. Further, the MAC address may be a unique identification number given to the UE or network device.
  • EUI-64 (IEEE Extended Unique Identifier) may be a 64-bit long identifier standardized by the IEEE. Furthermore, EUI-64 may be used when automatically generating an IPv6 address.
  • PEI Permanent Equipment Identifier
  • PEI may be information for identifying the UE. Additionally, PEI may be defined as PEI type, IMEI or IMEISV, MAC address or EUI-64.
  • the PEI type may indicate IMEI or IMEISV or MAC address or EUI-64. That is, when the PEI type indicates an IMEI, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating the IMEI and the IMEI. Similarly, when the PEI type indicates IMEISV, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating IMEISV and IMEISV. Further, when the PEI type indicates a MAC address, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating the MAC address and the MAC address. Furthermore, when the PEI type indicates EUI-64, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating EUI-64 and EUI-64.
  • 5GS mobile identity may be SUCI or 5G-GUTI or IMEI or IMEISV or 5G-S-TMSI or MAC address or IE to provide EUI-64. Furthermore, 5GS mobile identity may be referred to as a 5GS mobile identity information element (5GS mobile identity IE (information element)).
  • 5GS mobile identity IE information element
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • S-NSSAI may be configured only with SST (Slice/Service type), or may be configured with both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator).
  • SST is information indicating the expected behavior of the NS in terms of functions and services.
  • SD may be information for interpolating the SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs indicated by the SST.
  • the S-NSSAI may be information specific to each PLMN or SNPN, or may be standard information shared between PLMNs or SNPNs.
  • NPN Non-Public Network
  • SNPN Single-alone Non-Public Network
  • PNI-NPN Public Network Integrated NPN
  • NPN may refer to SNPN, PNI-NPN, or both.
  • SNPN is a network operated by an NPN operator and unaffected by the functional units provided by PLMN.
  • SNPN is an NPN-only network that is independent of PLMN, which is open to the public.
  • An SNPN may be a network identified by an SNPN ID (SNPN identity).
  • SNPN ID may be information that is a combination of the PLMN ID and the NID (Network identifier).
  • the PLMN ID used as the SNPN ID may be information reserved for the private network.
  • the MCC included in the PLMN ID may be 999.
  • the registered SNPN may be referred to as a registered SNPN or RSNPN.
  • the NID is information that identifies a network.
  • the SNPN may be identified by a combination of the PLMN ID and the NID.
  • the NID may be information that is unique within the SNPN, or may be information that is unique worldwide.
  • PNI-NPN is a network realized using the functional parts of PLMN.
  • PNI-NPN is an NPN that is virtually realized within the PLMN.
  • PNI-NPN is an NPN that can be created via PLMN.
  • PNI-NPN may be realized using a network slice function.
  • PNI-NPN may be a network that can be realized by using network slices allocated for NPN.
  • the PNI-NPN may be identified by S-NSSAI or by a combination of S-NSSAI and CAG ID.
  • PNI-NPN may be implemented using DN.
  • PNI-NPN may be a network that can be realized by using a DN for NPN.
  • the PNI-NPN may be identified by a DNN or by a combination of a DNN and a CAG ID.
  • CAG Cellular Access Groups
  • a CAG may be a group identified by a CAG ID.
  • the CAG may also be used to prevent UEs that are not authorized for NPN from attempting to access network slices allocated for NPN.
  • CAG ID is information that identifies the CAG within the PLMN. Additionally, the CAG ID is a unique identifier within the PLMN.
  • An SNPN-enabled UE may be a UE that can use an SNPN.
  • An SNPN-enabled UE may store at least one piece of information related to an SNPN.
  • the configuration information of an SNPN-enabled UE may include information indicating that the use of an SNPN is possible.
  • an SNPN-enabled UE may support an SNPN access mode or an SNPN access operation mode. In other words, an SNPN-enabled UE may operate in an SNPN access mode or an SNPN access operation mode.
  • the SNPN access mode may be a mode for the UE to select an SNPN. Further, the SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is registered with the SNPN. Furthermore, the SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is connected to the SNPN. In other words, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select only SNPN when selecting a network. More specifically, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may only select SNPN over the Uu interface during network selection. In other words, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select SNPN without selecting PLMN when selecting a network.
  • the UE operating in SNPN access mode may be expressed as UE in SNPN access mode. Furthermore, the UE in SNPN access mode may be an SNPN enabled UE.
  • SNPN access operation mode is a mode for connecting to SNPN via SNPN access mode or non-3GPP access.
  • non-3GPP access in the SNPN may refer to a case where the UE is connected to the SNPN via the PLMN.
  • the UE when operating in the SNPN access mode, the UE may operate in the SNPN access operation mode. Also, if the UE does not operate in the SNPN access mode, it may not operate in the SNPN access operation mode.
  • the UE in SNPN access mode may be a UE in SNPN access operation mode. Note that SNPN access operation mode may be read as SNPN access mode.
  • SNPN selection may be a procedure for the UE to select an SNPN. Furthermore, SNPN selection may be a procedure performed when the UE connects to the SNPN. Further, SNPN selection may be referred to as an SNPN selection process or an SNPN selection procedure. Furthermore, SNPN selection may be a process for the UE to select an SNPN. Additionally, SNPN selection may be a process performed when a UE connects to an SNPN.
  • the UE operating in the SNPN access mode or the SNPN access operation mode may perform SNPN selection.
  • a UE that is not operating in the SNPN access mode or the SNPN access operation mode may not perform SNPN selection.
  • the SNPN selection may include an automatic SNPN selection mode and a manual SNPN selection mode.
  • SNPN selection may be performed without registration. In other words, SNPN selection may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network.
  • SNPN selection may refer to automatic SNPN selection mode or manual SNPN selection mode.
  • An equivalent SNPN may be an SNPN that is treated as the same SNPN as any other SNPN.
  • an equivalent SNPN may be one or more SNPNs that are treated the same as registered SNPNs.
  • an equivalent SNPN may be a PLMN that is treated as if it were the same SNPN as any SNPN.
  • an equivalent SNPN may be one or more PLMNs that are treated the same as registered SNPNs.
  • the equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as any SNPN, or may be a PLMN.
  • the equivalent SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, or may be a PLMN.
  • the equivalent SNPN may be a PLMN identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, and an equivalent PLMN of said PLMN.
  • Localized services may be services provided in a specific/restricted area. Local services may also be limited in time. A local service may be referred to as a local service. Localized services may also be implemented via applications such as live or on-demand audio or video streams, or video games, or IMS. Also, localized services may be realized via connectivity such as UE to UE or UE to DN.
  • local services may be read as a hosting network. Local services may be provided by a hosting network. Local services are supported may be read as a hosting network is supported.
  • a localized service provider may be an application provider or network operator that localizes and provides services to end users via a hosting network.
  • a local service provider may also be an application provider or a network operator that provides local services.
  • the local service provider may also be a DN.
  • the local service provider may also be a core network.
  • a hosting network may be a network that provides connectivity to local services. Further, the hosting network may be NPN.
  • NPN may be SNPN or PNI-NPN.
  • hosting network may be read as local service.
  • hosting network is supported may be read as “local services are supported.”
  • the home network may be the network that owns the subscription or credentials of the UE currently in use.
  • the home network may be a PLMN or an NPN.
  • the NPN may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
  • a home network service may be a service provided to a UE based on a subscription agreed with a home network operator. Further, the home network service may be a service provided by a home network.
  • the first identification information is DNN. Further, the first identification information may be a DNN related to a local service. Further, the first identification information may be a DNN related to the third identification information. Further, the first identification information may be the same as the tenth identification information.
  • the second identification information is S-NSSAI. Additionally, the second identification information may be an S-NSSAI related to a local service. Further, the second identification information may be S-NSSAI related to the third identification information. Furthermore, the second identification information may be the same as the eleventh identification information.
  • the third identification information may be an identifier of a local service. Further, the third identification information may be a service identifier indicating a local service. Further, the third identification information may indicate an identifier of a local service used by the UE. Furthermore, the third identification information may also indicate an identifier of a local service requested by the UE. Here, the third identification information may be the same as the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the third identification information may be an identifier selected from one or more local service identifiers stored in the UE. Furthermore, the third identification information may be an identifier selected from the twelfth identification information.
  • the fourth identification information may be information indicating whether or not local services are supported. Further, the fourth identification information may be information indicating that a local service is supported. Further, the fourth identification information may be information indicating that local services are not supported.
  • the fourth information may be indicated using the 5GSM capability IE or the 5GMM capability IE.
  • the tenth identification information is a DNN.
  • the tenth identification information may also be a DNN associated with a local service.
  • the tenth identification information may also be a DNN associated with the twelfth identification information.
  • the tenth identification information may also be the same as the first identification information.
  • the eleventh identification information is S-NSSAI. Further, the eleventh identification information may be an S-NSSAI related to a local service. Further, the eleventh identification information may be S-NSSAI related to the twelfth identification information. Furthermore, the eleventh identification information may be the same as the second identification information.
  • the twelfth identification information may be an identifier of a local service. Further, the twelfth identification information may be a service identifier indicating a local service. Further, the twelfth identification information may be an identifier of an available local service. Furthermore, the twelfth identification information may be an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network. Further, the twelfth identification information may be the same as the third identification information.
  • the twelfth identification information may be a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, the twelfth identification information may be a list composed of identifiers of one or more available local services. Further, the twelfth identification information may be a list composed of one or more identifiers of local services that can be used by the UE and/or the network.
  • the twelfth identification information may be information associated with the tenth identification information and/or the eleventh identification information.
  • the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the local service is authenticated and/or approved. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the local service is not authenticated and/or approved. Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating whether or not to authenticate and/or approve the local service.
  • the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that local services are permitted. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that local services are not permitted. Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating whether or not local services are permitted.
  • the thirteenth identification information may be information associated with one or more identification information among the first to fourth identification information. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information associated with one or more of the tenth to twelfth and fourteenth identification information.
  • the thirteenth identification information may include identification information received by the network, and/or information associated with the NSI, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status; /Or the information may be selected or determined based on the user's registered information or the like.
  • the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service is unavailable. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service requested by the UE is not available. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service indicated by the third identification information cannot be used.
  • the fourteenth identification information may be a 5GSM (5GS Session Management) reason value.
  • the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service is not available at the time. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service requested by the UE is not available at a time. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service indicated by the third identification information is not available at a time.
  • the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that authentication and/or approval of the local service is to be revoked. Furthermore, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the authentication and/or approval of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information is to be cancelled.
  • the 14th identification information may also be a reason value indicating that permission for the local service is to be revoked.
  • the 14th identification information may also be a reason value indicating that permission for the local service indicated by the 13th identification information is to be revoked.
  • the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the fourteenth identification information may include identification information received by the network, and/or information associated with the NSI, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status; /Or the information may be selected or determined based on the user's registered information or the like.
  • the registration procedure is a procedure in 5GS. In this chapter, this procedure refers to the registration procedure.
  • the registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the lead in registering with the access network_B and/or the core network_B and/or the DN. As long as the UE is not registered with the network, it can execute this procedure at any timing, such as when turning on the power, for example. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at any timing if it is in the unregistered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state).
  • each device (particularly the UE and AMF) can transition to a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure.
  • the registration status may be managed by each device for each access. Specifically, each device may independently manage the registration state for 3GPP access (registered state or unregistered state) and the registration state for non-3GPP access.
  • the registration procedure may also be a registration procedure for initial registration.
  • the registration procedure may also be a registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update.
  • the registration procedure may be used to update the location registration information of the UE in the network, and/or to periodically notify the UE status from the UE to the network, and/or to update certain parameters regarding the UE in the network. This procedure may be used.
  • this procedure may be a registration procedure for a local service or a registration procedure for a hosting network.
  • the UE may initiate the registration procedure when it performs cross-TA mobility. In other words, the UE may start the registration procedure when it moves to a TA different from the TA indicated in the TA list it maintains. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of a PDU session. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure if there is a change in the capability information and/or preferences regarding the UE's PDU session establishment. Furthermore, the UE may periodically initiate a registration procedure. Furthermore, the UE may initiate a registration procedure based on the completion of the UE configuration update procedure. Note that the UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
  • the UE may start registration procedures periodically even in the registered state.
  • the registration procedure executed based on the mobility of the UE and the registration procedure executed periodically may be expressed as a registration procedure for mobility and registration update.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration update may be a registration procedure performed based on the mobility of the UE, or may be a registration procedure performed periodically.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration updates may be a registration procedure performed based on a configuration update of the UE.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration updates may be a registration procedure performed to establish a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration update may be a registration procedure performed based on a request from the network.
  • the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration.
  • the registration procedure described below may be a registration procedure for initial registration, or may be a registration procedure for mobility and registration update.
  • the UE starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to the AMF (S800) (S802) (S804). Specifically, the UE sends an RRC message including a registration request message to the 5G AN (or gNB) (S800).
  • the registration request message is a NAS message.
  • the RRC message may be a control message transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G AN (or gNB).
  • the NAS message is processed in the NAS layer, and the RRC message is processed in the RRC layer.
  • the NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
  • the UE may transmit one or more of the third to fourth identification information in a registration request message and/or an RRC message. More specifically, the UE may transmit one or more of the third to fourth identification information in a registration request message and/or an RRC message, or may transmit one or more of the third to fourth identification information in a control message different from these, for example, a control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, a MAC layer, an RLC layer, a PDCP layer).
  • a control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer for example, a MAC layer, an RLC layer, a PDCP layer.
  • the UE may indicate to the network an identifier of the requested local service by transmitting a third identification, where the third identification may be the same as the twelfth identification.
  • the third identification may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification.
  • the third identification may be associated with the first identification and/or the second identification.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network that it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may indicate to the network that the UE supports each function, or may indicate the UE's request. Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
  • the UE Furthermore, by transmitting one or more pieces of identification information among the third to fourth pieces of identification information in the registration request message, the UE indicates to the network the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration request message. Good too.
  • the UE determines whether to include one or more of the third to fourth pieces of identification information in the registration request message based on subscriber information, network status, and/or user registration information. Alternatively, it may be selected and determined based on the context held by the UE.
  • the UE may include identification information other than the third to fourth identification information in the registration request message and transmit it.
  • the 5G AN When the 5G AN (or gNB) receives the RRC message including the registration request message, it selects an AMF to which to transfer the registration request message (S802). Note that the 5G AN (or gNB) can select an AMF based on information included in the registration request message and/or the RRC message. The 5G AN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message and transfers the registration request message to the selected AMF (S804).
  • the AMF may perform the first condition determination when receiving the registration request message.
  • the first condition determination is for determining whether the network (or AMF) accepts the UE request. If the first condition determination is true, the AMF starts the procedure in (A) of FIG. 6, whereas if the first condition determination is false, it starts the procedure in FIG. 6 (B).
  • the first condition determination is based on reception of a registration request message, and/or each identification information included in the registration request message, subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or each identification information included in the registration request message. It may be executed based on the state of the network, the user's registration information, the context held by the AMF, and/or the like. For example, the first condition determination may be true if the network grants the UE's request, and false if the network does not grant the UE's request. Furthermore, if the network to which the UE is registered and/or the equipment within the network supports the function requested by the UE, the first condition determination is true, and the function requested by the UE is not supported.
  • the first conditional determination may be false. Furthermore, if the identification information to be transmitted and received is permitted, the first condition determination may be true, and if the identification information to be transmitted and received is not permitted, the first condition determination may be false. Note that the conditions for determining the truth of the first condition determination are not limited to the conditions described above.
  • the AMF transmits a registration accept message to the UE via the 5G AN (or gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S806).
  • the registration acceptance message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5G AN (gNB).
  • the AMF may send the registration acceptance message including one or more of the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information.
  • the AMF may indicate that the network supports each function, or may indicate that the UE's request has been accepted.
  • two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information.
  • the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
  • the AMF may indicate to the UE what these pieces of identification information indicate by including and transmitting one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information in the registration acceptance message.
  • the AMF may also indicate the contents of these identification information to the UE by sending a registration acceptance message.
  • the network may indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
  • the AMF shall determine whether to include one or more of the 12th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message based on each received identification information and/or subscriber information and/or network capability information. , and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF may also include identification information other than identification information 12 to 14 in the registration acceptance message.
  • the AMF may also collect each received identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or It may be indicated that the UE's request has been accepted by transmitting a registration acceptance message based on the context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF may include and send information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected in the registration acceptance message, or may send information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. may indicate why some requests of the UE were rejected. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why some of the UE's requests have been rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
  • the UE receives a registration acceptance message from the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) (S806).
  • the UE can recognize that the UE's request based on the registration request message has been accepted, and the contents of various types of identification information included in the registration acceptance message.
  • the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the 12th identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 12th identification information, it may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the 13th identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 13th identification information, it may store it in association with the 12th identification information and/or the 14th identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at that time.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at that time.
  • the UE may recognize that authentication and/or authorization of the local service has been revoked.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the 13th identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the registration acceptance message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the registration acceptance message.
  • the UE may or may not send a registration completion message to the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S808).
  • the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in an RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5G AN (gNB).
  • the AMF may or may not receive a registration completion message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S808).
  • Each device completes the procedure in (A) of FIG. 6 based on the transmission and reception of the registration acceptance message and/or registration completion message.
  • the AMF transmits a registration reject message to the UE via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S810).
  • the registration rejection message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G AN (gNB).
  • the AMF may include one or more identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth identification information in the registration rejection message and send it. Additionally, the AMF may indicate that the UE's request has been rejected or may indicate the reason why the UE's request was rejected by transmitting these identification information.
  • the AMF may indicate to the UE the contents indicated by the identification information included in the registration rejection message by including one or more of the identification information items 12 to 14 in the registration rejection message and sending the message.
  • the AMF may also indicate to the UE the contents of these identification information items by sending a registration rejection message.
  • the network may indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
  • AMF determines whether to include one or more identification information among the 12th to 14th identification information in the registration rejection message, based on each received identification information, subscriber information, and/or network capability information. , and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF may indicate that the UE's request via the registration request message has been rejected by sending a registration rejection message. Furthermore, the AMF may include information indicating the reason for the rejection in the registration rejection message and send it, or may indicate the reason for the rejection by sending the reason for the rejection. Furthermore, the UE may recognize the reason for the rejection of the UE's request by receiving information indicating the reason for the rejection of the UE's request. In addition, the reason for the rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
  • the UE receives a registration rejection message from the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) (S810).
  • the UE can recognize that the UE's request based on the registration request message has been rejected, and the contents of various types of identification information included in the registration rejection message.
  • the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the registration rejection message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE when it receives a registration rejection message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the registration rejection message.
  • the UE may recognize that the UE's request has been rejected.
  • each device Based on the transmission and reception of the registration refusal message, each device completes the procedure (B) in this procedure.
  • Each device completes the registration procedure based on the completion of the procedure in (A) or (B) of FIG.
  • each device may transition to a state in which the UE is registered with the network (RM_REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the procedure in (A) of FIG.
  • each device may maintain a state in which the UE is not registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state) or a state in which the UE is not registered in the network, based on the completion of the procedure in (B) in Figure 6. You may transition to .
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted and received in the registration procedure, based on the completion of the registration procedure. For example, if information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected is sent or received, the reason why the UE's requests were rejected may be recognized. Furthermore, each device may perform this procedure again based on the reason why the UE request was rejected, or may perform the registration procedure for core network_B or another cell.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message or the registration rejection message, or may recognize the network's decision, based on the completion of the registration procedure.
  • the UE configuration update procedure (Generic UE configuration update procedure) will be explained using FIG. 7.
  • the UE configuration update procedure will also be referred to as this procedure.
  • This procedure is a procedure for the core network to update the configuration information of the UE.
  • This procedure may be a procedure for mobility management that is executed on the initiative of the network for the UE registered in the network.
  • the UE configuration update procedure may be an MM procedure.
  • devices in the core network may initiate this procedure based on network configuration updates and/or operator policy updates.
  • the trigger for this procedure may be the detection of UE mobility, the detection of a change in the state of the UE and/or the access network, and/or the core network, or the detection of a change in the state of the network slice. It may be. Further, the trigger for this procedure may be the receipt of a request from the DN and/or the DN's application server, a change in network settings, or a change in operator policy. . Additionally, the trigger for this procedure may be the expiration of a running timer. Note that the trigger for a device in the core network to start this procedure is not limited to these.
  • this procedure may be performed at any time after the above-mentioned registration procedure and/or PDU session establishment procedure is completed. Furthermore, this procedure may be executed at any timing as long as each device has established a 5GMM context and/or each device is in 5GMM connection mode.
  • each device sends and receives messages containing identification information for changing the configuration information of the UE and/or identification information for stopping or changing the functions that the UE is performing. Good too. Further, based on the completion of this procedure, each device may update its configuration information to the settings instructed by the network, or may start a behavior instructed by the network.
  • the UE may update its configuration information based on the control information transmitted and received through this procedure. Further, the UE may stop the function it is currently executing or may start a new function as the UE configuration information is updated.
  • the device in the core network takes the initiative in this procedure, and furthermore, by sending the control message and control information of this procedure to the UE, the device in the core network uses these control information to generate configuration information of the UE that can be identified. , the UE may be updated. Furthermore, by updating the configuration information of the UE, the device in the core network may stop the function that the UE is executing, or may cause the UE to start a new function.
  • the AMF starts the UE configuration update procedure by transmitting a configuration update command message to the UE via the 5G AN (gNB) (S1000).
  • gNB 5G AN
  • the AMF may include at least one of the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information in a configuration update command message and transmit it.
  • the network may indicate a local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information. Also, the network may indicate a list of one or more local service identifiers to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE receives a configuration update command message and/or one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information from the network. More specifically, the UE receives a configuration update command message and/or one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth identification information from the AMF.
  • the UE may recognize or store the received information based on the reception of at least one piece of information among the twelfth to fourteenth identification information.
  • two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information.
  • the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
  • the AMF shall decide whether to include each identification information in the configuration update command message based on each received identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network capability information. The selection and determination may be made based on the state, the user's registration information, and/or the context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF may also collect each received identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or A request to update the configuration information of the UE may be indicated by transmitting a configuration update command message based on the context held by the AMF.
  • the UE receives a configuration update command message from the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) (S1000).
  • the UE may update its configuration information based on the configuration update command message and/or the identification information included in the configuration update command message.
  • the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the configuration update command message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the configuration update command message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the configuration update command message.
  • the UE sends a configuration update complete message to the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the configuration update command message. You may do so (S1002).
  • the AMF receives the configuration update completion message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S1002). Furthermore, each device completes this procedure based on sending and receiving the settings update command message and/or the settings update completion message.
  • each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted and received in this procedure, based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when updating information on configuration information is transmitted and received, each device may update the configuration information. Furthermore, if the UE transmits or receives information indicating that it is necessary to perform the registration procedure, the UE may start the registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the configuration information command message or may recognize the network's decision based on the completion of this procedure. Further, the UE may execute each procedure based on the stored information based on the completion of this procedure.
  • devices in the core network can instruct the UE to update the configuration information that the UE has already applied, and can update the configuration information that the UE is currently applying. It is possible to instruct the suspension or change of functions.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be referred to as this procedure.
  • the PDU session establishment procedure may be an SM procedure.
  • this procedure may be executed after the registration procedure has been executed one or more times.
  • the UE sends a PDU session establishment request message to the SMF (S1200) (S1202) (S1204) to start the PDU session establishment procedure. Then, the SMF receives the PDU session establishment request message from the UE.
  • the UE starts a PDU session establishment procedure by transmitting a NAS message including an N1 SM container including a PDU session establishment request message to the AMF via the access network (S1200).
  • the NAS message is a message sent via the N1 interface, for example, and may be an uplink NAS transport (UL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
  • the UE may include one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the PDU session establishment request message or NAS message and transmit it.
  • the UE may indicate the DNN to the network by transmitting the first identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the first identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the third identification information by transmitting the first identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network an S-NSSAI by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network an S-NSSAI associated with a local service by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network an S-NSSAI associated with a third identification information by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the identifier of the local service to be used by transmitting the third identification information.
  • the third identification information may be the same as the twelfth identification information.
  • the third identification information may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification information.
  • the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network that it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may indicate that the UE supports each function, or may indicate the UE's request. Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
  • the UE may indicate the content of each piece of identification information to the network by transmitting a PDU session establishment request message or a NAS message.
  • the access network may be a 3GPP access or a non-3GPP access and may include a base station device. That is, the UE transmits a NAS message to the AMF via the base station device.
  • the UE determines whether to include one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the PDU session establishment request message based on subscriber information, network status, and/or user registration information. , and/or the context held by the UE.
  • the UE may include identification information other than the first to fourth identification information in the PDU session establishment request message and transmit it.
  • the AMF can recognize what the UE is requesting and/or the contents of the information (message, container, information) included in the NAS message.
  • the AMF selects the SMF as the destination for at least part of the information (message, container, information) included in the NAS message received from the UE (S1202).
  • AMF is responsible for the information contained in the NAS message (message, container, information), and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or operator policy, and/or A transfer destination SMF may be selected based on the network state, user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF.
  • the AMF transmits at least part of the information (message, container, information) included in the NAS message received from the UE to the selected SMF, for example, via the N11 interface (S1204).
  • the SMF when the SMF receives information etc. (message, container, information) sent from the AMF, it can recognize what the UE is requesting and/or the contents of the information etc. (message, container, information) received from the AMF.
  • information etc. messages, container, information
  • the network may recognize the DNN when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN associated with the third identification information when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may recognize an S-NSSAI when it receives the second identification information.
  • the network may also recognize an S-NSSAI requested by the UE when it receives the second identification information.
  • the network may also recognize an S-NSSAI related to a local service requested by the UE when it receives the second identification information.
  • the network may also recognize an S-NSSAI related to a third identification information when it receives the second identification information.
  • the network may recognize the identifier of the local service used by the UE by receiving the third identification information.
  • the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the network may also recognize that the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
  • the network may also recognize whether the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
  • the above network behavior may be performed after receiving the PDU session establishment request message. Furthermore, the network behavior described above may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
  • the network when the network receives a PDU session establishment request message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the PDU session establishment request message.
  • the network may also forward each received identification information to other NFs.
  • the SMF may perform a second condition determination. Further, the second condition determination may be for determining whether the network accepts the request from the UE. If the SMF determines that the second condition is true, it may start the procedure in (A) of Figure 8, and if it determines that the second condition is false, it may start the procedure in (B) of Figure 8. You may begin.
  • the second condition determination may be performed by an NF other than the SMF.
  • the NF may be, for example, an NSSF, an NWDAF, a PCF, or an NRF.
  • the SMF may provide the NF with information necessary to perform the second condition determination, specifically, at least a portion of the information received from the UE (S1206).
  • the NF determines whether the second condition determination is true or false based on the information received from the SMF, it may convey information including the result of the second condition determination (i.e., true or false) to the SMF.
  • the SMF may determine the identification information and/or control message to be transmitted to the UE based on the result of the second condition determination received from the NF.
  • the second condition determination is based on information received from the AMF (message, container, information), and/or subscription information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or Alternatively, it may be executed based on operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the SMF.
  • the second condition determination may be determined to be true; if the network does not permit the UE's request, the second condition determination may be determined to be false. Furthermore, if the network to which the UE is connected and/or the equipment within the network supports the function requested by the UE, the second condition determination may be determined to be true, and the device supports the function requested by the UE. If not, the second condition determination may be determined to be false. Furthermore, if the transmitted and received identification information is permitted, the second condition determination may be determined to be true, and if the transmitted and received identification information is not permitted, the second condition determination may be determined to be false.
  • the SMF may select a UPF for the PDU session to be established and send an N4 session establishment request message to the selected UPF, for example, via the N4 interface (S1208).
  • the N4 session establishment request message may include at least a portion of the PCC rule received from the PCF.
  • the SMF may decide whether or not to approve the C2 communication during this procedure based on information received from the AMF (messages, containers, information), and/or information such as PCC rules received from the PCF, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policies, and/or operator policies, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the SMF, etc.
  • information received from the AMF messages, containers, information
  • information such as PCC rules received from the PCF, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policies, and/or operator policies, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the SMF, etc.
  • the SMF may select one or more UPFs based on information received from the AMF (message, container, information), and/or information such as PCC rules received from the PCF, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the SMF, etc. Furthermore, if multiple UPFs are selected, the SMF may send an N4 session establishment request message to each UPF. Here, it is assumed that a UPF is selected.
  • the UPF upon receiving the N4 session establishment request message (S1208), the UPF can recognize the content of the information received from the SMF. Further, based on the reception of the N4 session establishment request message, the UPF may transmit an N4 session establishment response message to the SMF, for example, via the N4 interface (S1210).
  • the SMF when the SMF receives the N4 session establishment response message as a response message to the N4 session establishment request message, it can recognize the content of the information received from the UPF.
  • the SMF sends a PDU session establishment accept message to the UE based on the reception of the PDU session establishment request message, the selection of the UPF, and/or the reception of the N4 session establishment response message, etc. Then, the UE receives a PDU session establishment acceptance message from the SMF (S1218) (S1220) (S1222).
  • the SMF sends the N1 SM container and Sends/or N2 SM information and/or PDU session ID to AMF (S1212).
  • the N1 SM container may include a PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the PDU session ID may be included in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the AMF that has received the N1 SM container and/or N2 SM information and/or PDU session ID transmits a NAS message to the UE via the first base station device included in the access network (S1214 )(S1216).
  • the NAS message is sent, for example, via the N1 interface.
  • the NAS message may be a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
  • the AMF transmits an N2 PDU session request message to the base station device included in the access network (S1214)
  • the base station device that received the N2 PDU session request message requests the UE, Send a NAS message (S1216).
  • the N2 PDU session request message may include a NAS message and/or N2 SM information.
  • the NAS message may also include a PDU session ID and/or an N1 SM container.
  • the PDU session establishment acceptance message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request. Additionally, the PDU Session Establishment Accept message may indicate that the establishment of the PDU session has been accepted.
  • the SMF and/or AMF include a PDU session establishment acceptance message, and/or an N1 SM container, and/or a PDU session ID, and/or a NAS message, and/or an N2 SM information, and/or an N2 PDU session request.
  • Sending the message may indicate that at least a portion of the UE's request via the PDU Session Establishment Request message has been accepted.
  • the SMF and/or AMF include the tenth to fourteenth points in the PDU session establishment acceptance message, and/or the N1 SM container, and/or the NAS message, and/or the N2 SM information, and/or the N2 PDU session request message.
  • One or more of the identification information may be included in the transmission.
  • the network may indicate to the UE the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the tenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the eleventh identification information.
  • the network may also indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
  • the SMF may indicate that the network supports each function by transmitting these identification information and/or a PDU session establishment acceptance message, or may indicate that the UE's request has been accepted. It may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted, or it may indicate a combination of these information. Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
  • the network may indicate the content of the identification information to the UE by transmitting a PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the network may also include identification information other than the 10th to 14th identification information in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the SMF and/or AMF determines which identification information to include in the PDU session establishment acceptance message, and/or the N1 SM container, and/or the NAS message, and/or the N2 SM information, and/or the N2 PDU session request message. each received identification information and/or subscriber information and/or network capability information and/or UE policy and/or operator policy and/or network status and/or user registration information; And/or the decision may be made based on the context held by the SMF and/or the AMF.
  • the UE when the UE receives the NAS message, for example via the N1 interface (S1216), the UE confirms that the UE's request via the PDU session establishment request message has been accepted and/or the information included in the NAS message (message, Containers, information) can be recognized.
  • the information included in the NAS message (message, Containers, information) can be recognized.
  • the UE may recognize the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information.
  • the UE may also store the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information.
  • the UE may also store the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the PDU session establishment acceptance message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information contained in the PDU session establishment acceptance message and/or the NAS message.
  • the SMF transmits the N1 SM container and/or the PDU session ID to the AMF, for example, via the N11 interface (S1218).
  • the N1 SM container may include a PDU session establishment refusal message.
  • the PDU session ID may be included in the PDU session establishment rejection message.
  • the AMF that has received the N1 SM container and/or the PDU session ID transmits a NAS message to the UE via the base station device included in the access network (S1220) (S1222).
  • the NAS message is sent, for example, via the N1 interface.
  • the NAS message may be a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
  • the NAS message may also include a PDU session ID and/or an N1 SM container.
  • the PDU session establishment rejection message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request. Additionally, the PDU session establishment refusal message may indicate that establishment of a PDU session has been rejected.
  • the SMF and/or AMF requests the UE by means of a PDU session establishment request message by sending a PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or an N1 SM container, and/or a PDU session ID, and/or a NAS message. may indicate that the request was rejected.
  • the SMF may indicate that the UE's request has been rejected, or may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted, or may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted. Combined information may also be shown.
  • the SMF and/or AMF include the tenth to fourteenth messages in the PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or the N1 SM container, and/or the NAS message, and/or the N2 SM information, and/or the N2 PDU session request message.
  • One or more of the identification information may be included in the transmission.
  • the network may indicate to the UE the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the tenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the eleventh identification information.
  • the network may also indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
  • the SMF and/or AMF determines which identification information to include in the PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or N1 SM container, and/or NAS message, and/or N2 SM information, and/or N2 PDU session request message. each received identification information and/or subscriber information and/or network capability information and/or UE policy and/or operator policy and/or network status and/or user registration information; And/or the decision may be made based on the context held by the SMF and/or the AMF.
  • the SMF and/or AMF may include a PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or an N1 SM container, and/or a NAS message, and/or an N2 SM information, and/or an N2 PDU session request message indicating that the UE's request is rejected.
  • the information indicating that the UE request has been rejected may be included in the transmission, or the reason for the rejection of the UE request may be indicated by transmitting information indicating that the UE request has been rejected. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why the UE's request was rejected by receiving information indicating that the UE's request was rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the SMF and/or AMF is not permitted and/or cannot be used.
  • the SMF and/or AMF may send a rejection cause value to the UE indicating that the identifier of the local service received from the UE is unavailable, and/or that there are insufficient resources for the local service received from the UE, and/or that the local service received from the UE is not supported, and/or that the local service received from the UE is not found or unknown.
  • the rejection cause value may be a 5GSM cause value.
  • the UE when the UE receives the NAS message (S1222), for example via the N1 interface, the UE informs the user that the UE's request via the PDU session establishment request message has been rejected and/or the information contained in the NAS message (message, etc.). Containers, information) can be recognized.
  • the UE may recognize the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information.
  • the UE may also store the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information.
  • the UE may also store the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may store a list consisting of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of one or more local service identifiers available to the UE and/or the network. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of one or more local service identifiers available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service cannot be used.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE cannot be used.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the PDU session establishment rejection message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE may implement the behavior when receiving each identification information included in the PDU session establishment refusal message and/or the NAS message. .
  • the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information.Furthermore, when the UE receives one or more of the identification information items 10 to 14, the UE may recognize that the content indicated by the identification information included in the NAS message or the PDU session establishment acceptance message or the PDU session establishment rejection message is permitted.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the PDU session acceptance message or the PDU session rejection message. Further, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the tenth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE may recognize the content of the identification information by receiving the NAS message, the PDU session establishment acceptance message, or the PDU session establishment rejection message.
  • Each device may complete this procedure based on sending and receiving the PDU session establishment acceptance message. Furthermore, each device may establish a PDU session based on the completion of this procedure. At this time, each device may transition to a state where it can communicate with the DN using the established PDU session.
  • Each device may complete this procedure based on the transmission and reception of the PDU session establishment rejection message. At this time, since each device cannot establish a PDU session, it cannot communicate with the DN if there is no already established PDU session.
  • each process that the UE executes based on the reception of each identification information shown above may be executed during this procedure, after the completion of this procedure, or after the completion of this procedure, based on the completion of this procedure. good.
  • the network may be a hosting network or a home network.
  • the hosting network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
  • the home network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
  • a registration procedure may be implemented.
  • This embodiment may be the behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services. For example, when local service #1 and local service #2 exist, DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 are used for local service #1, and DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 are also used for local service #2.
  • this embodiment may be a behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services, and further, identifiers of different local services are used. .
  • identifiers of different local services For example, if local service #1 and local service #2 exist, use DNN#1, S-NSSAI #1, and local service identifier #1 for local service #1. , use DNN#1, S-NSSAI#1, and local service identifier #2 for local service #2.
  • the local service identifier may be the same as the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the first control message may be a registration acceptance message or a settings update command message.
  • the second control message may be a PDU session establishment request message.
  • the network transmits a first control message to the UE.
  • the network may transmit the first control message including one or more of the identification information items 12 to 14.
  • the network includes one or more pieces of identification information among the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information in the first control message and transmits it, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the first control message. May be indicated to the UE.
  • the network may indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
  • the network may indicate to the UE the content of each piece of identification information included in the first control message by transmitting the first control message.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE the content of each identification information by transmitting each identification information.
  • the network determines whether to include one or more of the 12th to 14th identification information in the first control message based on the state of the UE and/or information received from the local service provider; Selection and determination may be made based on/or information received from UDM and/or information received from AUSF.
  • the network also sends the first control message and /Or it may be determined whether to transmit each piece of identification information.
  • the network may also send the first control message and/or the respective identification information based on information received from the local service provider and/or UDM.
  • the network may also transmit the first control message and/or the respective identification information based on information received from the AUSF indicating that the local service is to be terminated.
  • the UE receives the first control message. Further, the UE may receive a first control message including one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information from the network.
  • the UE may store the identification information received along with the first control message, or may recognize the network's decision. Furthermore, based on reception of the first control message, the UE may recognize the content of the identification information received together with the first control message.
  • the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may store an identifier of a local service when it receives the twelfth identification information. Further, the UE may store an identifier of an available local service when it receives the twelfth identification information. Further, the UE may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when it receives the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the first control message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the first control message.
  • the UE sends a second control message to the network.
  • the UE may transmit the second control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE transmits the second control message by including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the second control message, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the second control message. It may also be shown on the network.
  • the UE may indicate the DNN to the network by transmitting the first identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the first identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the third identification information by transmitting the first identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate the S-NSSAI to the network by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the identifier of the local service to be used by transmitting the third identification information.
  • the third identification information may be the same as the twelfth identification information.
  • the third identification information may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification information.
  • the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network that it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may indicate to the network the content of each piece of identification information included in the second control message by transmitting the second control message. Furthermore, the UE may indicate the content of each identification information to the network by transmitting each identification information.
  • the UE may select and determine whether to include one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the second control message based on the state of the UE and/or each piece of received identification information, etc.
  • the network receives a second control message. Further, the network may receive a second control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information from the UE.
  • the network may store the identification information received with the second control message or may recognize the UE's decision. Additionally, the network may recognize the content of the identification information received along with the second control message based on the reception of the second control message.
  • the network may recognize the DNN when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN associated with the third identification information when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may recognize the S-NSSAI when receiving the second identification information. Additionally, the network may recognize the S-NSSAI requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information when receiving the second identification information.
  • the network may recognize the identifier of the local service used by the UE by receiving the third identification information.
  • the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the network may also recognize that the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
  • the network may also recognize whether the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
  • the network behavior may be implemented after receiving the second control message.
  • the network behavior may be implemented after receiving one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
  • the network when the network receives the second control message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the second control message.
  • the network may forward each received identification information to other NFs.
  • the network may be a hosting network or a home network.
  • the hosting network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
  • the home network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
  • a PDU session establishment procedure may be implemented.
  • this embodiment may be implemented after the registration procedure and/or the UE configuration update procedure.
  • This embodiment may be the behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services. For example, if local service #1 and local service #2 exist, use DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 for local service #1, and use DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 for local service #2. However, use DNN#1 and S-NSSAI#1.
  • this embodiment may be a behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services, and further, identifiers of different local services are used. .
  • identifiers of different local services For example, if local service #1 and local service #2 exist, use DNN#1, S-NSSAI #1, and local service identifier #1 for local service #1. , use DNN#1, S-NSSAI#1, and local service identifier #2 for local service #2.
  • the local service identifier may be the same as the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the first control message may be a PDU session establishment request message.
  • the second control message may be a PDU session establishment acceptance message or a PDU session establishment rejection message.
  • the UE transmits a first control message to the network.
  • the UE may transmit the first control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE transmits the first control message by including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the first control message, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the first control message. It may also be shown on the network.
  • the UE may indicate to the network a DNN by transmitting a first identification.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network a DNN associated with a local service by transmitting the first identification.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network a DNN associated with a third identification by transmitting the first identification.
  • the UE may also indicate the S-NSSAI to the network by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information by transmitting the second identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network an identifier of a local service to be used by transmitting a third identification.
  • the third identification may be the same as the twelfth identification.
  • the third identification may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification.
  • the third identification may be associated with the first identification and/or the second identification.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network that it supports localized services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports localized services or not by transmitting the fourth identification information.
  • the UE may indicate to the network the content of each piece of identification information included in the first control message by transmitting the first control message. Furthermore, the UE may indicate the content of each identification information to the network by transmitting each identification information.
  • the UE selects whether to include one or more identification information among the first to fourth identification information in the first control message based on the state of the UE and/or each received identification information. , may be determined.
  • the network receives the first control message. Further, the network may receive from the UE a first control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
  • the network may store the identification information received with the first control message or may recognize the UE's decision. Additionally, the network may recognize the content of the identification information received along with the first control message based on the reception of the first control message.
  • the network may recognize the DNN when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may also recognize the DNN associated with the third identification information when receiving the first identification information.
  • the network may recognize the S-NSSAI when receiving the second identification information. Additionally, the network may recognize the S-NSSAI requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information when receiving the second identification information.
  • the network may recognize the identifier of the local service used by the UE by receiving the third identification information.
  • the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the network may also recognize that the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
  • the network may also recognize whether the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
  • the network behavior described above may be implemented after receiving the first control message. Furthermore, the network behavior described above may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
  • the network when the network receives the first control message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the first control message.
  • the network may forward each received identification information to other NFs.
  • the network sends a second control message to the UE.
  • the network may transmit the second control message including one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth identification information.
  • the network includes one or more pieces of identification information among the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information in the second control message and transmits it, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the second control message. May be indicated to the UE.
  • the network may indicate a local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information. Also, the network may indicate a list of one or more local service identifiers to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
  • the network may indicate to the UE the content of each piece of identification information included in the second control message by transmitting the second control message.
  • the network may also indicate to the UE the content of each identification information by transmitting each identification information.
  • the network determines whether to include one or more of the 12th to 14th identification information in the second control message based on the state of the UE and/or information received from the local service provider; Selection and determination may be made based on/or information received from UDM and/or information received from AUSF.
  • the network also sends a second control message and /Or it may be determined whether to transmit each piece of identification information.
  • the network may also send the second control message and/or the respective identification information based on information received from the local service provider and/or UDM.
  • the network may also send the second control message and/or the respective identification information based on the information received from the AUSF indicating that the local service is to be terminated.
  • the UE receives the second control message. Further, the UE may receive a second control message including one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth identification information from the network.
  • the UE may store the identification information received with the second control message and recognize the network's decision based on receiving the second control message. Also, the UE may recognize the content of the identification information received with the second control message based on receiving the second control message.
  • the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
  • the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
  • the UE may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
  • the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable.
  • the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
  • the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the second control message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
  • the UE when the UE receives the second control message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the second control message.
  • a program that runs on a device related to one aspect of the present invention is a program that controls a central processing unit (CPU) or the like to make a computer function so as to realize the functions of the embodiment related to one aspect of the present invention. Also good. Programs or information handled by programs are temporarily stored in volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM), non-volatile memory such as flash memory, hard disk drive (HDD), or other storage system.
  • volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM), non-volatile memory such as flash memory, hard disk drive (HDD), or other storage system.
  • a program for realizing the functions of an embodiment relating to one aspect of the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium.
  • the program recorded on this recording medium may be read into a computer system and executed to realize the functions.
  • the "computer system” here refers to a computer system built into a device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices.
  • the "computer-readable recording medium” may be a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short period of time, or any other recording medium that can be read by a computer.
  • each functional block or feature of the device used in the embodiments described above may be implemented or executed in an electrical circuit, such as an integrated circuit or multiple integrated circuits.
  • An electrical circuit designed to perform the functions described herein may be a general purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or combinations thereof.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or a conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • the electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit or an analog circuit.
  • an integrated circuit technology that replaces the current integrated circuit emerges due to advances in semiconductor technology, one or more embodiments of the present invention can also use a new integrated circuit based on this technology.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments.
  • one example of the device is described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and can be applied to stationary or non-movable electronic equipment installed indoors or outdoors, such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment, etc. It can be applied to terminal devices or communication devices such as cleaning/washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other household equipment.
  • Mobile communication system 10 UE_A 30 PGW-U 32 PGW-C 35 SGW 40MME 45 eNB 50HSS 60 PCRF 80 Access network_A(E-UTRAN) 90 Core network_A 120 Access network_B(5G AN) 122 gNB 130 UPF 132 SMF 140AMF 150UDM 160 PCF 190 Core network_B 235 UPF_A 239 UPF_C

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Functions for implementing closed networks, such as non-public networks (NPNs), have been studied. Currently, it has been studied that a UE recognizes a session for a local service by using the identifier of the local service. However, the specific procedure by which the UE obtains the identifier of the local service is not clear. When common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services, the user equipment (UE) receives a registration acceptance message or a configuration update command message, which includes first identification information. The first identification information is the identifier of a local service. The UE recognizes the identifier of an available local service when the first identification information is received, and transmits a PDU session establishment request message including the first identification information.

Description

UE(User Equipment)UE (User Equipment)
 本発明は、UE(User Equipment)に関する。 The present invention relates to UE (User Equipment).
 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project)では、第5世代(5G)の移動通信システムである5GS(5G System)のシステムアーキテクチャが検討されており、新しい手続きや新しい機能のサポートするための議論が行われている(非特許文献1~4を参照)。近年では、NPN(Non-Public Network)における局所的なサービスの利用方法について、議論が活発になっている(非特許文献5を参照)。 The 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) is considering the system architecture of 5GS (5G System), a 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, and discussions are being held to support new procedures and new functions. (Refer to Non-Patent Documents 1 to 4). In recent years, there has been active discussion about how to use local services in NPN (Non-Public Network) (see Non-Patent Document 5).
 5GS(5G System)では、多種多様なサービスを提供するために、新たなコアネットワークである5GCN(5G Core Network)が検討されている。尚、5GSでは、公衆網であるPLMN(Public Land Mobile Network)とは別に定義された、NPN(Non-Public Network)のような、特定の利用者が特定の目的で利用することが可能な非公開ネットワークの提供と、非公開ネットワークを実現する為の機能も検討されている。 In 5GS (5G System), a new core network, 5GCN (5G Core Network), is being considered in order to provide a wide variety of services. In addition, in 5GS, non-public networks such as NPN (Non-Public Network), which are defined separately from PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network), which is a public network, can be used by specific users for specific purposes. Functions to provide a public network and realize a private network are also being considered.
 現在、UEが、局所的なサービスのためのセッションを、局所的なサービスの識別子を用いて認識することが検討されている。しかし、UEが、その局所的なサービスの識別子を入手する具体的な手続きは明確になっていない。 Currently, it is being considered that the UE recognizes sessions for local services using local service identifiers. However, the specific procedure by which the UE obtains the local service identifier is not clear.
 本発明の一態様は、以上のような事情を鑑みてなされたものである。その目的は、UEが、局所的なサービスの識別子を入手する手続きを明確にすることである。 One embodiment of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances. The purpose is to clarify the procedure by which a UE obtains a local service identifier.
 本発明の一態様のUser Equipment (UE)は、送受信部と制御部とを備え、異なる局所的なサービスに対して、共通のDNNとS-NSSAIが使用される場合、前記送受信部は、第1の識別情報を含む、登録受諾メッセージ又は設定更新コマンドメッセージを受信し、前記第1の識別情報は、局所的なサービスの識別子であり、前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信を基に、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識し、前記送受信部は、前記第1の識別情報を含むPDUセッション確立要求メッセージを送信する、ことを特徴とする。 User Equipment (UE) according to one aspect of the present invention includes a transmitting/receiving unit and a control unit, and when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services, the transmitting/receiving unit 1, wherein the first identification information is an identifier of a local service; Based on the first identification information, the transmitting/receiving unit recognizes an identifier of an available local service, and transmits a PDU session establishment request message including the first identification information.
 本発明の一態様によれば、UEが、局所的なサービスの識別子を入手する手続きを明確化することができる。 According to one aspect of the present invention, the procedure by which a UE obtains an identifier for a local service can be clarified.
移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の概略を説明する図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an outline of a mobile communication system (EPS/5GS). 移動通信システム(EPS/5GS)の詳細構成を説明する図である。This is a diagram explaining the detailed configuration of the mobile communication system (EPS/5GS). UEの装置構成を説明する図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the device configuration of a UE. 5GSにおけるアクセスネットワーク装置(gNB)の構成を説明する図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of an access network device (gNB) in 5GS. 5GSにおけるコアネットワーク装置(AMF/SMF/UPF)の構成を説明する図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of a core network device (AMF/SMF/UPF) in 5GS. 登録手続きを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining a registration procedure. UE設定更新手続きを説明する図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating a UE configuration update procedure. PDUセッション確立手続きを示す図である。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a PDU session establishment procedure.
 以下、図面を参照して本発明の一態様を実施する為に最良の形態について説明する。尚、本実施形態では1例として、本発明の一態様を適用した場合の移動通信システムの実施形態について説明する。 Hereinafter, the best mode for carrying out one aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Note that in this embodiment, as an example, an embodiment of a mobile communication system to which one aspect of the present invention is applied will be described.
 [1. システムの概要]
 まず、図1は、各実施形態で使用される移動通信システム1の概略を説明する為の図であり、図2は、その移動通信システム1の詳細構成を説明する為の図である。
[1. System overview]
First, FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining the outline of a mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment, and FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
 図1には、移動通信システム1は、UE_A10、アクセスネットワーク_A80、コアネットワーク_A90、PDN(Packet Data Network)_A5、アクセスネットワーク_B120、コアネットワーク_B190、DN(Data Network)_A6により構成されることが記載されている。 In Figure 1, the mobile communication system 1 is composed of UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network)_A5, access network_B120, core network_B190, and DN (Data Network)_A6. It is stated that
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DN等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 In the following, symbols may be omitted for these devices and functions, such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. .
 また、図2には、UE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、UDM150、N3IWF170等の装置・機能、及びこれらの装置・機能を互いに接続するインターフェースが記載されている。 Figure 2 also shows the devices and functions of UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, N3IWF170, etc. Interfaces that connect these devices and functions to each other are described.
 以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、E-UTRAN、MME、SGW、PGW-U、PGW-C、PCRF、HSS、5G AN、AMF、UPF、SMF、PCF、UDM、N3IWF等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 The following describes these devices and functions, such as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5G AN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, N3IWF, etc. , symbols may be omitted.
 尚、4GシステムであるEPS(Evolved Packet System)は、アクセスネットワーク_A及びコアネットワーク_Aを含んで構成されるが、さらにUE及び/又はPDNが含まれても良い。また、5Gシステムである5GS(5G System)は、UE、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを含んで構成されるが、さらにDNが含まれても良い。 Note that the EPS (Evolved Packet System), which is a 4G system, is configured to include an access network_A and a core network_A, but may also include a UE and/or a PDN. Furthermore, 5GS (5G System), which is a 5G system, includes a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
 UEは、3GPPアクセス(3GPPアクセスネットワーク、3GPP ANとも称する)及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセス(non-3GPPアクセスネットワーク、non-3GPP ANとも称する)を介して、ネットワークサービスに対して接続可能な装置である。UEは、携帯電話やスマートフォン等の無線通信が可能な端末装置であってよく、EPSにも5GSにも接続可能な端末装置であってよい。UEは、UICC(Universal Integrated Circuit Card)やeUICC(Embedded UICC)を備えてもよい。尚、UEのことをユーザ装置と表現してもよいし、端末装置と表現してもよい。 A UE is a device capable of connecting to network services via a 3GPP access (also referred to as a 3GPP access network, 3GPP AN) and/or a non-3GPP access (also referred to as a non-3GPP access network, non-3GPP AN). be. The UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device connectable to both EPS and 5GS. The UE may include a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). Note that the UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Aは、E-UTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network)及び/又は無線LANアクセスネットワークに対応する。E-UTRANには、1以上のeNB(evolved Node B)45が配置される。尚、以下では、eNB45は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。また、複数のeNBがある場合は、各eNBは、例えばX2インターフェースにより、互いに接続されている。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークには、1以上のアクセスポイントが配置される。 Additionally, the access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and/or a wireless LAN access network. One or more eNB (evolved Node B) 45 is arranged in E-UTRAN. Note that in the following, eNB45 may be written with the symbol omitted, such as eNB. Further, when there are multiple eNBs, each eNB is connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface. Furthermore, one or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_Bは、5Gアクセスネットワーク(5G AN)に対応する。5G ANは、NG-RAN(NG Radio Access Network)及び/又はnon-3GPP アクセスネットワークで構成される。NG-RANには、1以上のgNB(NR NodeB)122が配置される。尚、以下では、gNB122は、gNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。gNBは、NR(New Radio)ユーザプレーンと制御プレーンをUEに提供するノードであり、5GCNに対してNGインターフェース(N2インターフェース又はN3インターフェースを含む)を介して接続するノードである。すなわち、gNBは、5GSのために新たに設計された基地局装置であり、4GシステムであるEPSで使用されていた基地局装置(eNB)とは異なる機能を有する。また、複数のgNBがある場合は、各gNBは、例えばXnインターフェースにより、互いに接続している。 Additionally, access network_B corresponds to 5G access network (5G AN). 5G AN consists of NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and/or non-3GPP access network. One or more gNBs (NR NodeBs) 122 are arranged in the NG-RAN. Note that in the following, gNB122 may be written with the symbol omitted, such as gNB. gNB is a node that provides an NR (New Radio) user plane and a control plane to UE, and is a node that connects to 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface). That is, gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS, and has different functions from the base station device (eNB) used in EPS, which is a 4G system. Furthermore, when there are multiple gNBs, each gNB is connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
 また、non-3GPP アクセスネットワークは、信頼できない非3GPP(untrusted non-3GPP)アクセスネットワークであってもよいし、信頼できる非3GPP(trusted non-3GPP)アクセスネットワークであってもよい。ここで、信頼できない非3GPPアクセスネットワークは、例えば公衆無線LANなど、アクセスネットワーク内でセキュリティ管理を行わないnon-3GPPアクセスネットワークであってよい。一方で、信頼できる非3GPPアクセスネットワークは、3GPPが規定するアクセスネットワークであってよく、TNAP(trusted non-3GPP access point)とTNGF(trusted non-3GPP Gateway function)を備えていてもよい。 Additionally, the non-3GPP access network may be an untrusted non-3GPP access network or a trusted non-3GPP access network. Here, the untrusted non-3GPP access network may be a non-3GPP access network that does not perform security management within the access network, such as a public wireless LAN. On the other hand, the trusted non-3GPP access network may be an access network defined by 3GPP, and may include a TNAP (trusted non-3GPP access point) and a TNGF (trusted non-3GPP gateway function).
 また、以下では、E-UTRANやNG-RANは、3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークやnon-3GPP ANは、non-3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、アクセスネットワーク_Bに配置されるノードを、まとめてNG-RANノードとも称することがある。 Furthermore, in the following, E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access. Furthermore, wireless LAN access networks and non-3GPP AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access. Furthermore, nodes placed in access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、アクセスネットワーク、又はアクセスネットワーク装置と称する場合がある。 In addition, in the following, access network_A and/or access network_B and/or devices included in access network_A and/or devices included in access network_B are referred to as access networks or access network devices. It is sometimes called.
 また、コアネットワーク_Aは、EPC(Evolved Packet Core)に対応する。EPCには、例えば、MME(Mobility Management Entity)、SGW(Serving Gateway)、PGW(Packet Data Network Gateway)-U、PGW-C、PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function)、HSS(Home Subscriber Server)等が配置される。 Additionally, core network_A corresponds to EPC (Evolved Packet Core). EPC includes, for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway)-U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server), etc. Placed.
 また、コアネットワーク_Bは、5GCN(5G Core Network)に対応する。5GCNには、例えば、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)、UPF(User Plane Function)、SMF(Session Management Function)、PCF(Policy Control Function)、UDM(Unified Data Management)等が配置される。ここで、5GCNは、5GCと表現されてもよい。 Additionally, Core Network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network). For example, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), UPF (User Plane Function), SMF (Session Management Function), PCF (Policy Control Function), UDM (Unified Data Management), etc. are arranged in 5GCN. Here, 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
 また、以下では、コアネットワーク_A、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、コアネットワーク、又はコアネットワーク装置又はコアネットワーク内装置と称する場合がある。 In addition, in the following, core network_A and/or core network_B, devices included in core network_A, and/or devices included in core network_B are referred to as core networks, core network devices, or core networks. Sometimes referred to as an internal device.
 コアネットワーク(コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B)は、アクセスネットワーク(アクセスネットワーク_A及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B)と、PDN及び/又はDNとを接続した移動体通信事業者(Mobile Network Operator; MNO)が運用するIP移動通信ネットワークの事であってもよいし、移動通信システム1を運用、管理する移動体通信事業者の為のコアネットワークでもよいし、MVNO(Mobile Virtual Network Operator)や、MVNE(Mobile Virtual Network Enabler)等の仮想移動通信事業者や仮想移動体通信サービス提供者の為のコアネットワークでもよい。 A core network (core network_A and/or core network_B) is a mobile communication carrier (Mobile It may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MNO), a core network for a mobile communication carrier that operates and manages a mobile communication system, ), or a core network for virtual mobile communication carriers or virtual mobile communication service providers such as MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler).
 また、図1では、PDNとDNが同一である場合が記載されているが、異なっていても良い。PDNは、UEに通信サービスを提供するDN(Data Network)であってよい。尚、DNは、パケットデータサービス網として構成されてもよいし、サービス毎に構成されてもよい。さらに、PDNは、接続された通信端末を含んでもよい。従って、PDNと接続する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置と接続する事であってもよい。さらに、PDNとの間でユーザデータを送受信する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置とユーザデータを送受信する事であってもよい。尚、PDNのことをDNと表現してもよいし、DNのことをPDNと表現してもよい。 Further, although FIG. 1 shows a case where the PDN and DN are the same, they may be different. The PDN may be a DN (Data Network) that provides communication services to the UE. Note that the DN may be configured as a packet data service network or may be configured for each service. Additionally, the PDN may include connected communication terminals. Therefore, connecting to the PDN may mean connecting to a communication terminal or server device located in the PDN. Furthermore, transmitting and receiving user data to and from the PDN may mean transmitting and receiving user data to and from a communication terminal and a server device located in the PDN. Note that a PDN may be expressed as a DN, or a DN may be expressed as a PDN.
 また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と呼称する場合がある。つまり、ネットワーク及び/又はネットワーク装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行するということは、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行することを意味する。 In addition, in the following, at least a part of access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, and/or one or more devices included therein are referred to as networks or network devices. It is sometimes called. In other words, the network and/or network equipment sends and receives messages and/or performs procedures in the access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN. means that at least some of them and/or one or more of the devices included therein send and receive messages and/or perform procedures.
 また、UEは、アクセスネットワークに接続することができる。また、UEは、アクセスネットワークを介して、コアネットワークと接続する事ができる。さらに、UEは、アクセスネットワーク及びコアネットワークを介して、PDN又はDNに接続する事ができる。すなわち、UEは、PDN又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータを送受信(通信)する事ができる。ユーザデータを送受信する際は、IP(Internet Protocol)通信だけでなく、non-IP通信を用いてもよい。 Also, the UE can connect to the access network. Furthermore, the UE can connect to the core network via the access network. Furthermore, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and core network. That is, the UE can transmit and receive (communicate) user data with the PDN or DN. When transmitting and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
 ここで、IP通信とは、IPを用いたデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットにより、データの送受信が行われる。IPパケットは、IPヘッダとペイロード部で構成される。ペイロード部には、EPSに含まれる装置・機能や、5GSに含まれる装置・機能が送受信するデータが含まれてよい。また、non-IP通信とは、IPを用いないデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットの構造とは異なる形式により、データの送受信が行われる。例えば、non-IP通信は、IPヘッダが付与されていないアプリケーションデータの送受信によって実現されるデータ通信でもよいし、マックヘッダやEthernet(登録商標)フレームヘッダ等の別のヘッダを付与してUEが送受信するユーザデータを送受信してもよい。 Here, IP communication refers to data communication using IP, and data is sent and received using IP packets. An IP packet consists of an IP header and a payload part. The payload portion may include data transmitted and received by devices and functions included in EPS and devices and functions included in 5GS. Furthermore, non-IP communication refers to data communication that does not use IP, and data is sent and received using a format different from the IP packet structure. For example, non-IP communication may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which no IP header is attached, or it may be data communication realized by sending and receiving application data to which no IP header is attached, or the UE may attach another header such as a Mac header or an Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header. User data to be transmitted and received may also be transmitted and received.
 また、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、PDN_A、DN_Aには、図2に記載されない装置が構成されていてもよい。例えば、コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bには、AUSF(Authentication Server Function)やAAA(Authentication, authorization, and accounting)サーバ(AAA-S)が含まれてもよい。 Additionally, devices not shown in FIG. 2 may be configured in the access network_A, core network_A, access network_B, core network_B, PDN_A, and DN_A. For example, the core network_A and/or the core network_B may include an Authentication Server Function (AUSF) or an Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting (AAA) server (AAA-S).
 ここで、AUSFは、3GPPアクセス及びnon-3GPPアクセスに対する認証機能を備える、コアネットワーク装置である。具体的には、3GPPアクセス及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセスに対する認証の要求をUEから受信し、認証手続きを実行するネットワーク機能部である。 Here, the AUSF is a core network device equipped with an authentication function for 3GPP access and non-3GPP access. Specifically, it is a network function unit that receives an authentication request for 3GPP access and/or non-3GPP access from the UE and executes an authentication procedure.
 また、AAAサーバは、AUSFと直接的又は他のネットワーク装置を介して間接的に接続する、認証及び承認及び課金機能を備える、装置である。AAAサーバはコアネットワーク内のネットワーク装置であってもよい。なお、AAAサーバは、コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれず、PLMNに含まれてもよい。つまり、AAAサーバはコアネットワーク装置であってもよいし、コアネットワークの外にある装置であってよい。例えば、AAAサーバは3rd Partyが管理する、PLMN内のサーバ装置であってもよい。 The AAA server is a device that has authentication, authorization, and billing functions and is connected to the AUSF directly or indirectly via another network device. The AAA server may be a network device within the core network. The AAA server may not be included in core network_A and/or core network_B, but may be included in the PLMN. In other words, the AAA server may be a core network device, or a device outside the core network. For example, the AAA server may be a server device within the PLMN managed by a 3rd Party.
 なお、図2では、図の簡略化のため、各装置・機能は1つずつ記載したが、移動通信システム1には複数の同様の装置・機能が構成されてもよい。具体的には、移動通信システム1には複数のUE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、及び/又はUDM150等の装置・機能が構成されていてもよい。 Note that in FIG. 2, each device/function is shown one by one to simplify the diagram, but the mobile communication system 1 may include a plurality of similar devices/functions. Specifically, the mobile communication system 1 includes multiple UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, and/or UDM150. Devices and functions such as the above may be configured.
 UPF_A235は、DN、SMF、他のUPF、及び、アクセスネットワークに接続される。UPF_A235は、intra-RAT mobility又はinter-RAT mobilityに対するアンカー、パケットのルーティングと転送(Packet routing & forwarding)、1つのDNに対して複数のトラフィックフローのルーティングをサポートするUL CL(Uplink Classifier)機能、マルチホームPDUセッション(multi-homed PDU session)をサポートするBranching point機能、user planeに対するQoS処理、上りリンクトラフィックの検証(verification)、下りリンクパケットのバッファリング、下りリンクデータ通知(Downlink Data Notification)のトリガ機能等の役割を担ってもよい。また、UPF_A235は、DNとコアネットワーク_B190との間のゲートウェイとして、ユーザデータの転送を行う中継装置でもよい。尚、UPF_A235は、IP通信及び/又はnon-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。さらに、UPF_A235は、IP通信を転送する機能を持っていてもよく、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。さらに複数配置されるゲートウェイは、コアネットワーク_B190と単一のDNを接続するゲートウェイでもよい。尚、UPF_A235は、他のNFとの接続性を備えてもよく、他のNFを介して各装置に接続してもよい。 UPF_A235 is connected to DN, SMF, other UPFs, and access networks. UPF_A235 supports anchoring for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, packet routing & forwarding, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) functionality that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, Branching point function that supports multi-homed PDU sessions, QoS processing for user plane, uplink traffic verification, downlink packet buffering, and downlink data notification. It may also play a role such as a trigger function. Moreover, UPF_A235 may be a relay device that transfers user data as a gateway between the DN and core network_B190. Note that the UPF_A 235 may be a gateway for IP communication and/or non-IP communication. Furthermore, UPF_A235 may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting non-IP communication and IP communication. Furthermore, the plurality of gateways may be a gateway that connects the core network_B190 and a single DN. Note that the UPF_A 235 may have connectivity with other NFs, and may be connected to each device via other NFs.
 尚、UPF_A235とアクセスネットワークとの間に、UPF_A235とは異なるUPFである、UPF_C239(branching point又はuplink classifierとも称する)が装置又はNFとして存在してもよい。UPF_C239が存在する場合、UEとDNとの間のPDUセッションは、アクセスネットワーク、UPF_C239、UPF_A235を介して確立されることになる。 Note that a UPF different from UPF_A 235, UPF_C 239 (also referred to as branching point or uplink classifier), may exist as a device or NF between UPF_A 235 and the access network. If UPF_C239 exists, the PDU session between the UE and the DN will be established via the access network, UPF_C239, UPF_A235.
 また、UPF130は、UPF_A235と同様の装置であってよい。尚、UPF130、及びUPF_A235は、UPFのように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。 Additionally, the UPF 130 may be a device similar to the UPF_A 235. Note that UPF130 and UPF_A235 may be written without symbols, like UPF.
 [2. 各装置の構成]
 次に、各実施形態で使用される各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)の構成について、図を用いて説明する。尚、各装置は、物理的なハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、汎用的なハードウェア上に構成された論理的な(仮想的な)ハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。また、各装置の持つ機能の少なくとも一部(全部を含む)が、物理的なハードウェア、論理的なハードウェア、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。
[2. Configuration of each device]
Next, the configuration of each device (UE, access network device, and/or core network device) used in each embodiment will be described using diagrams. Note that each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or configured as software. It's okay to be. Further, at least some (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
 尚、以下で登場する各装置・機能内の各記憶部(記憶部_A340、記憶部_A440、記憶部_B540、記憶部_A640、記憶部_B740)は、例えば、半導体メモリ、SSD(Solid State Drive)、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)等で構成されている。また、各記憶部は、出荷段階からもともと設定されていた情報だけでなく、自装置・機能以外の装置・機能(例えば、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDN)との間で、送受信した各種の情報を記憶する事ができる。また、各記憶部は、後述する各種の通信手続き内で送受信する制御メッセージに含まれる識別情報、制御情報、フラグ、パラメータ等を記憶することができる。また、各記憶部は、これらの情報をUE毎に記憶してもよい。また、各記憶部は、5GSとEPSとの間のインターワークをした場合には、5GS及び/又はEPS内に含まれる装置・機能との間で送受信した制御メッセージやユーザデータを記憶することができる。このとき、N26インターフェースを介して送受信されたものだけでなく、N26インターフェースを介さずに送受信されたものも記憶することができる。 In addition, each memory unit (memory unit_A340, memory unit_A440, memory unit_B540, memory unit_A640, memory unit_B740) in each device/function mentioned below is composed of, for example, a semiconductor memory, SSD (Solid State Drive), HDD (Hard Disk Drive), etc. In addition, each memory unit can store not only information that was originally set at the time of shipment, but also various information transmitted and received between the device/function other than the device/function itself (for example, UE, and/or access network device, and/or core network device, and/or PDN, and/or DN). In addition, each memory unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, etc. contained in control messages transmitted and received within various communication procedures described below. In addition, each memory unit may store this information for each UE. In addition, when interworking is performed between 5GS and EPS, each memory unit can store control messages and user data transmitted and received between 5GS and/or devices/functions included in EPS. At this time, it is possible to store not only those sent and received via the N26 interface, but also those sent and received without going through the N26 interface.
 [2.1. UEの装置構成]
 まず、UE(User Equipment)の装置構成例について、図3を用いて説明する。UEは、制御部_A300、アンテナ310、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340で構成されている。制御部_A300、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_A320は、アンテナ310と接続している。
[2.1. UE device configuration]
First, an example of the configuration of a UE (User Equipment) will be described using FIG. 3. The UE includes a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmitting/receiving unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340. The control unit_A300, the transmitting/receiving unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus. The transmitting/receiving unit_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
 制御部_A300は、UE全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_A300は、必要に応じて、記憶部_A340に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UEにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_A300 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire UE. The control unit_A300 implements various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_A340 as necessary.
 送受信部_A320は、アンテナを介して、アクセスネットワーク内の基地局装置(eNB又はgNB)と無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いて、アクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmitting/receiving unit_A320 is a functional unit for wirelessly communicating with a base station device (eNB or gNB) in the access network via an antenna. That is, the UE can transmit and receive user data and/or control information between the access network device and/or the core network device and/or the PDN and/or the DN using the transmitter/receiver_A320. can.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、LTE-Uuインターフェースを介して、E-UTRAN内の基地局装置(eNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介してAMFとNAS(Non-Access-Stratum)メッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。 To explain in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the UE can communicate with the base station apparatus (eNB) in the E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transmitting/receiving unit_A320. In addition, the UE can communicate with a base station device (gNB) within the 5G AN by using the transceiver unit_A320. Furthermore, by using the transmitter/receiver unit_A320, the UE can transmit and receive NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) messages with the AMF via the N1 interface. However, since the N1 interface is logical, in reality, communication between the UE and AMF takes place via 5G AN.
 記憶部_A340は、UEの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UE.
 [2.2. gNBの装置構成]
 次に、gNBの装置構成例について、図4を用いて説明する。gNB は、制御部_B500、アンテナ510、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540で構成されている。制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510と接続している。
[2.2. gNB device configuration]
Next, an example of the gNB device configuration will be described using FIG. 4. gNB is composed of a control unit_B500, an antenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmitting/receiving unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540. The control unit_B500, network connection unit_B520, transmission/reception unit_B530, and storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus. The transmitting/receiving unit_B530 is connected to the antenna 510.
 制御部_B500は、gNB全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B500は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B540に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、gNBにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire gNB. The control unit_B500 implements various processes in the gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B520は、gNBが、AMF及び/又はUPFと通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いて、AMF及び/又はUPFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B520 is a functional unit for gNB to communicate with AMF and/or UPF. That is, the gNB can send and receive user data and/or control information to and from the AMF and/or UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
 送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510を介して、UEと無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いて、UEとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The transmitting/receiving unit_B530 is a functional unit for wirelessly communicating with the UE via the antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit and receive user data and/or control information to and from the UE using the transmitting and receiving unit_B530.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5G AN内にあるgNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N3インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができる。また、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いることにより、UEと通信することができる。 Explaining in more detail with reference to Figure 2, a gNB in a 5G AN can communicate with the AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection unit_B520, and can communicate with the UPF via the N3 interface. The gNB can also communicate with a UE by using the transceiver unit_B530.
 記憶部_B540は、gNBの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the gNB.
 [2.3. AMFの装置構成]
 次に、AMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。AMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。AMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.3. AMF device configuration]
Next, an example of an AMF device configuration will be described using FIG. 5. AMF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. AMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、AMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、AMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the memory unit_B740 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、AMFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for AMF to connect with the base station device (gNB), and/or SMF, and/or PCF, and/or UDM, and/or SCEF in the 5G AN. In other words, the AMF uses the network connection part_B720 to communicate with the base station equipment (gNB) in the 5G AN, and/or the SMF, and/or the PCF, and/or the UDM, and/or the SCEF. Data and/or control information can be sent and received.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるAMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N8インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができ、N11インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N15インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができる。また、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介して、UEとNASメッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。また、AMFは、N26インターフェースをサポートする場合、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N26インターフェースを介して、MMEと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to Figure 2, AMF in 5GCN can communicate with gNB via N2 interface by using network connection_A620, and communicate with UDM via N8 interface. Through the N11 interface, it can communicate with the SMF, and through the N15 interface, it can communicate with the PCF. Furthermore, by using the network connection unit_A620, the AMF can send and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface. However, since the N1 interface is logical, in reality, communication between the UE and AMF takes place via 5G AN. Furthermore, if the AMF supports the N26 interface, it can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
 記憶部_B740は、AMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the AMF.
 尚、AMFは、N2インターフェースを用いたRANとの制御メッセージを交換する機能、N1インターフェースを用いたUEとのNASメッセージを交換する機能、NASメッセージの暗号化及び完全性保護を行う機能、登録管理(Registration management; RM)機能、接続管理(Connection management; CM)機能、到達可能性管理(Reachability management)機能、UE等の移動性管理(Mobility management)機能、UEとSMF間のSM(Session Management)メッセージを転送する機能、アクセス認証(Access Authentication、Access Authorization)機能、セキュリティアンカー機能(SEA; Security Anchor Functionality)、セキュリティコンテキスト管理(SCM; Security Context Management)機能、N3IWF(Non-3GPP Interworking Function)に対するN2インターフェースをサポートする機能、N3IWFを介したUEとのNAS信号の送受信をサポートする機能、N3IWFを介して接続するUEの認証する機能等を有する。 AMF has a function to exchange control messages with the RAN using the N2 interface, a function to exchange NAS messages with the UE using the N1 interface, a function to perform encryption and integrity protection of NAS messages, and registration management. (Registration management; RM) function, Connection management (CM) function, Reachability management function, Mobility management function for UE etc., SM (Session Management) between UE and SMF N2 for message forwarding function, access authentication (Access Authentication, Access Authorization) function, Security Anchor Functionality (SEA), Security Context Management (SCM) function, N3IWF (Non-3GPP Interworking Function) It has a function to support the interface, a function to support transmission and reception of NAS signals with the UE via N3IWF, a function to authenticate the UE connected via N3IWF, etc.
 また、登録管理では、UEごとのRM状態が管理される。RM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。RM状態としては、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)と、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)がある。RM-DEREGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されていないため、AMFにおけるUEコンテキストが、そのUEに対する有効な位置情報やルーティング情報を持っていない為、AMFはUEに到達できない状態である。また、RM-REGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されているため、UEはネットワークとの登録が必要なサービスを受信することができる。尚、RM状態は、5GMM状態(5GMM state)と表現されてもよい。この場合、RM-DEREGISTERED状態は、5GMM-DEREGISTERED状態と表現されてもよいし、RM-REGISTERED状態は、5GMM-REGISTERED状態と表現されてもよい。 Additionally, in registration management, the RM status of each UE is managed. The RM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF. The RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state). In the RM-DEREGISTERED state, the UE is not registered in the network, and the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE, so the AMF cannot reach the UE. Furthermore, in the RM-REGISTERED state, the UE is registered with the network, so the UE can receive services that require registration with the network. Note that the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state. In this case, the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state, and the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
 言い換えると、5GMM-REGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよいし、PDUセッションコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、ユーザデータや制御メッセージの送受信を開始してもよいし、ページングに対して応答してもよい。さらに、尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、初期登録のための登録手続き以外の登録手続き、及び/又はサービス要求手続きを実行してもよい。 In other words, 5GMM-REGISTERED may be a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state where a PDU session context has been established. Note that when each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may start transmitting and receiving user data and control messages, or may respond to paging. Furthermore, if each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, the UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and/or a service request procedure.
 さらに、5GMM-DEREGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立していない状態であってもよいし、UE_A10の位置情報がネットワークに把握されていない状態であってもよいし、ネットワークがUE_A10に到達不能である状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-DEREGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、登録手続きを開始してもよいし、登録手続きを実行することで5GMMコンテキストを確立してもよい。 Furthermore, 5GMM-DEREGISTERED may be a state where each device has not established a 5GMM context, a state where the location information of UE_A10 is not known to the network, or a state where the network has reached UE_A10. It may be in a state where it is impossible. Note that when each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A10 may start a registration procedure, or may establish a 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
 また、接続管理では、UEごとのCM状態が管理される。CM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。CM状態としては、非接続状態(CM-IDLE state)と、接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state)がある。CM-IDLE状態では、UEはRM-REGISTERED状態にあるが、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っていない。また、CM-IDLE状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及びN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていない。一方、CM-CONNECTED状態では、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っている。また、CM-CONNECTED状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及び/又はN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていてもよい。 Additionally, in connection management, the CM status of each UE is managed. The CM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF. The CM states include a disconnected state (CM-IDLE state) and a connected state (CM-CONNECTED state). In the CM-IDLE state, the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface. Furthermore, in the CM-IDLE state, the UE does not have an N2 interface connection (N2 connection) or an N3 interface connection (N3 connection). On the other hand, in the CM-CONNECTED state, it has a NAS signaling connection established with AMF via the N1 interface. Furthermore, in the CM-CONNECTED state, the UE may have an N2 interface connection and/or an N3 interface connection.
 さらに、接続管理では、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態と、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態とで分けて管理されてもよい。この場合、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access)と、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access)とがあってよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access)と、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access)とがあってよい。尚、非接続状態はアイドルモード表現されてもよく、接続状態モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, in connection management, the CM status in 3GPP access and the CM status in non-3GPP access may be managed separately. In this case, the CM state in 3GPP access may include a disconnected state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access) and a connected state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access). Furthermore, the CM states in non-3GPP access include the disconnected state (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) and the connected state (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access. ) is fine. Note that the disconnected state may be expressed as an idle mode, and the connected state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 尚、CM状態は、5GMMモード(5GMM mode)と表現されてもよい。この場合、非接続状態は、5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode)と表現されてもよいし、接続状態は、5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode)と表現されてもよい。さらに、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。尚、5GMM非接続モードはアイドルモード表現されてもよく、5GMM接続モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。 Note that the CM state may also be expressed as 5GMM mode. In this case, the disconnected state may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode, and the connected state may be expressed as 5GMM-CONNECTED mode. Furthermore, the disconnected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access, and the connected state in 3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access. CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access). Furthermore, the disconnected state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as 5GMM disconnected mode (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access) in non-3GPP access, and the connected state in non-3GPP access is - It may be expressed as 5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access. Note that the 5GMM unconnected mode may be expressed as an idle mode, and the 5GMM connected mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
 また、AMFは、コアネットワーク_B内に1以上配置されてもよい。また、AMFは、1以上のNSI(Network Slice Instance)を管理するNF(Network Function)でもよい。また、AMFは、複数のNSI間で共有される共有CPファンクション(CCNF; Common CPNF(Control Plane Network Function))でもよい。 Furthermore, one or more AMFs may be placed within the core network_B. Furthermore, the AMF may be a Network Function (NF) that manages one or more Network Slice Instances (NSIs). Furthermore, the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; Common CPNF (Control Plane Network Function)) shared among multiple NSIs.
 尚、N3IWFは、UEが5GSに対してnon-3GPPアクセスを介して接続する場合に、non-3GPPアクセスと5GCNとの間に配置される装置及び/又は機能である。 Note that N3IWF is a device and/or function placed between non-3GPP access and 5GCN when UE connects to 5GS via non-3GPP access.
 [2.4. SMFの装置構成]
 次に、SMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。SMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。SMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.4. SMF device configuration]
Next, an example of the SMF device configuration will be described using FIG. 5. The SMF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、SMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、SMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire SMF. The control unit_B700 implements various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、SMFが、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、SMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for SMF to connect with AMF, and/or UPF, and/or PCF, and/or UDM. That is, the SMF can send and receive user data and/or control information to and from the AMF and/or the UPF and/or the PCF and/or the UDM using the network connection_B720.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるSMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができ、N7インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができ、N10インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to Figure 2, the SMF in 5GCN can communicate with AMF through N11 interface by using network connection_A620, and can communicate with UPF through N4 interface. Through the N7 interface, it can communicate with the PCF, and through the N10 interface, it can communicate with the UDM.
 記憶部_B740は、SMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the SMF.
 SMFは、PDUセッションの確立・修正・解放等のセッション管理(Session Management)機能、UEに対するIPアドレス割り当て(IP address allocation)及びその管理機能、UPFの選択と制御機能、適切な目的地(送信先)へトラフィックをルーティングする為のUPFの設定機能、NASメッセージのSM部分を送受信する機能、下りリンクのデータが到着したことを通知(Downlink Data Notification)する機能、AMF経由でN2インターフェースを介してANに送信されるAN特有の(ANごとの)SM情報を提供する機能、セッションに対するSSCモード(Session and Service Continuity mode)を決定する機能、ローミング機能等を有する。 SMF has session management functions such as establishing, modifying, and releasing PDU sessions, IP address allocation and management functions for UEs, UPF selection and control functions, and appropriate destination (transmission destination) functions. ) function to configure UPF to route traffic to It has the function of providing AN-specific (for each AN) SM information sent to the network, the function of determining the SSC mode (Session and Service Continuity mode) for the session, the roaming function, etc.
 [2.5. UPFの装置構成]
 次に、UPFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。UPFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。UPFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。
[2.5. UPF device configuration]
Next, an example of a UPF device configuration will be described using FIG. 5. The UPF is composed of a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, network connection unit_B720, and storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
 制御部_B700は、UPF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UPFにおける各種の処理を実現する。 The control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operations and functions of the entire UPF. The control unit_B700 implements various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
 ネットワーク接続部_B720は、UPFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、UPFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。 The network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for UPF to connect to the base station device (gNB) and/or SMF and/or DN in the 5G AN. In other words, the UPF uses the network connection part_B720 to transmit and receive user data and/or control information between the base station equipment (gNB) and/or SMF and/or DN in the 5G AN. Can be done.
 図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるUPFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N3インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N6インターフェースを介して、DNと通信することができ、N9インターフェースを介して、他のUPFと通信することができる。 To explain in detail with reference to Figure 2, the UPF in 5GCN can communicate with the gNB through the N3 interface by using the network connection part_A620, and can communicate with the SMF through the N4 interface. Through the N6 interface, it can communicate with the DN, and through the N9 interface, it can communicate with other UPFs.
 記憶部_B740は、UPFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。 The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, etc. necessary for each operation of the UPF.
 UPFは、intra-RAT mobility又はinter-RAT mobilityに対するアンカーポイントとしての機能、DNに相互接続するための外部PDUセッションポイントとしての機能(つまり、DNとコアネットワーク_Bとの間のゲートウェイとして、ユーザデータを転送する機能)、パケットのルーティング及び転送する機能、1つのDNに対して複数のトラフィックフローのルーティングをサポートするUL CL(Uplink Classifier)機能、マルチホーム(multi-homed)PDUセッションをサポートするBranching point機能、user planeに対するQoS(Quality of Service)処理機能、上りリンクトラフィックの検証機能、下りリンクパケットのバッファリング、下りリンクデータ通知(Downlink Data Notification)をトリガする機能等を有する。 The UPF functions as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, as an external PDU session point for interconnecting to the DN (i.e., as a gateway between the DN and core network packet routing and forwarding functions, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports routing of multiple traffic flows to one DN, and multi-homed PDU sessions. It has branching point function, QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for user plane, uplink traffic verification function, downlink packet buffering, downlink data notification trigger function, etc.
 また、UPFは、IP通信及び/又はnon-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。また、UPFは、IP通信を転送する機能を持ってもよく、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。さらに複数配置されるゲートウェイは、コアネットワーク_Bと単一のDNを接続するゲートウェイでもよい。尚、UPFは、他のNFとの接続性を備えてもよく、他のNFを介して各装置に接続してもよい。 Additionally, the UPF may be a gateway for IP communication and/or non-IP communication. Further, the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, or may have a function of converting between non-IP communication and IP communication. Furthermore, the plurality of gateways may be a gateway that connects core network_B and a single DN. Note that the UPF may have connectivity with other NFs, and may be connected to each device via other NFs.
 尚、ユーザプレーン(user plane)は、UEとネットワークとの間で送受信されるユーザデータ(user data)のことである。ユーザプレーンは、PDNコネクション、又はPDUセッションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及び/又はS1-Uインターフェース、及び/又はS5インターフェース、及び/又はS8インターフェース、及び/又はSGiインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及び/又はN3インターフェース、及び/又はN9インターフェース、及び/又はN6インターフェースを介して送受信されてもよい。以下、ユーザプレーンは、U-Planeと表現されてもよい。 Note that the user plane refers to user data that is transmitted and received between the UE and the network. The user plane may be sent and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session. Furthermore, in the case of EPS, the user plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and/or the S1-U interface and/or the S5 interface and/or the S8 interface and/or the SGi interface. Furthermore, in the case of 5GS, the user plane may be transmitted and received via the interface between the UE and the NG RAN, and/or the N3 interface, and/or the N9 interface, and/or the N6 interface. Hereinafter, the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane.
 さらに、制御プレーン(control plane)は、UEの通信制御等を行うために送受信される制御メッセージのことである。制御プレーンは、UEとMMEとの間のNAS(Non-Access-Stratum)シグナリングコネクションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、制御プレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及びS1-MMEインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、制御プレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及びN2インターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。以下、制御プレーンは、コントロールプレーンと表現されてもよいし、C-Planeと表現されてもよい。 Furthermore, the control plane is a control message that is sent and received to control communication of the UE. The control plane may be transmitted and received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME. Furthermore, in the case of EPS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface. Furthermore, in the case of 5GS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the interface between the UE and the NG RAN, and the N2 interface. Hereinafter, the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or as a C-Plane.
 さらに、U-Plane(User Plane; UP)は、ユーザデータを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。さらに、C-Plane(Control Plane; CP)は、制御メッセージを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。 Further, the U-Plane (User Plane; UP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data, and may be composed of multiple bearers. Furthermore, the C-Plane (Control Plane; CP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving control messages, and may be composed of a plurality of bearers.
 [2.6. その他の装置及び/又は機能の説明]
 次に、その他の装置及び/又は機能について説明を行う。
[2.6. Description of other equipment and/or functions]
Next, other devices and/or functions will be explained.
 ネットワークとは、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部を指す。また、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部に含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と称してもよい。つまり、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワーク内の装置(ネットワーク装置、及び/又は制御装置)がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。逆に、ネットワーク内の装置がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。また、ネットワークは、NWと称されてもよい。 The network refers to at least part of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN. Further, one or more devices included in at least a portion of the access network_B, core network_B, and DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. In other words, the fact that the network sends, receives, and/or processes messages may mean that devices within the network (network devices and/or control devices) send, receive, and/or process messages. . Conversely, a device within a network may send, receive, and/or process messages, which may mean that the network sends, receives, and/or processes messages. Also, the network may be referred to as NW.
 さらに、ネットワークは、PLMN(Public Land Mobile Network)を指してもよいし、後述するNPN(Non-Public Network)を指してもよい。さらに、ネットワーク選択とは、PLMN選択を示してもよいし、SNPN選択を示してもよい。 Furthermore, the network may refer to a PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) or may refer to an NPN (Non-Public Network), which will be described later. Furthermore, network selection may refer to PLMN selection or SNPN selection.
 NWDAF(Network Data Analytics Function)とは、NFやアプリケーション機能(AFとも称する)からデータ収集を行う機能を有するNFであってよい。 NWDAF (Network Data Analytics Function) may be an NF that has a function of collecting data from an NF or an application function (also referred to as AF).
 PCF(Policy Control Function)とは、ネットワークの挙動を制御するためのポリシーを決定する機能を有するNFであってよい。 A PCF (Policy Control Function) may be an NF that has a function of determining a policy for controlling network behavior.
 NRF(Network Repository Function)とは、サービス発見機能を有するNFであってよい。NRFは、あるNFから、別のNFの発見要求を受信すると、発見されたNFの情報を提供する機能を有するNFであってよい。 NRF (Network Repository Function) may be an NF that has a service discovery function. The NRF may be an NF that has a function of providing information on the discovered NF upon receiving a discovery request for another NF from a certain NF.
 UDM(Unified Data Management)とは、認証情報処理(Authentication credential processing)機能、ユーザ識別処理機能、アクセス認証機能、登録/移動性管理機能、加入者情報の管理(subscription management)機能等を有するNFであってよい。 UDM (Unified Data Management) is an NF that has authentication credential processing functions, user identification processing functions, access authentication functions, registration/mobility management functions, subscription management functions, etc. It's good to be there.
 SM(Session Management)メッセージとは、SMのための手続きで用いられるNASメッセージであってよい。SMメッセージは、NAS(Non-Access-Stratum) SMメッセージと称されてもよい。SMメッセージは、AMF_A240を介してUE_A10とSMF_A230の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、SMメッセージには、PDUセッション確立要求(PDU session establishment request)メッセージ、PDUセッション確立受諾(PDU session establishment accept)メッセージ、PDUセッション確立拒絶(PDU session establishment reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更要求(PDU session modification request)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更コマンド(PDU session modification command)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更完了メッセージ(PDU session modification complete)、PDUセッション変更コマンド拒絶(PDU session modification command reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション変更拒絶(PDU session modification reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放要求(PDU session release request)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放拒絶(PDU session release reject)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放コマンド(PDU session release command)メッセージ、PDUセッション解放完了(PDU session release complete)メッセージ等が含まれてもよい。 The SM (Session Management) message may be a NAS message used in SM procedures. The SM message may be referred to as a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM message. The SM message may be a control message sent and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 via AMF_A240. In addition, SM messages include PDU session establishment request messages, PDU session establishment accept messages, PDU session establishment reject messages, and PDU session change request messages. modification request) message, PDU session modification command message, PDU session modification complete message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification command reject message, PDU session modification command reject message modification reject) message, PDU session release request message, PDU session release reject message, PDU session release command message, PDU session release complete ) messages etc. may be included.
 また、SM手続き(SMのための手続きとも称する)には、PDUセッション確立手続き(PDU session establishment procedure)、PDUセッション変更手続き(PDU session modificationprocedure)、PDUセッション解放手続き(PDU session release procedure)が含まれてもよい。なお、各手続きは、UEから開始される手続きであってもよいし、ネットワークから開始される手続きであってもよい。 Furthermore, the SM procedure (also referred to as the procedure for SM) may include a PDU session establishment procedure, a PDU session modification procedure, and a PDU session release procedure. Each procedure may be initiated by the UE or the network.
 MM(Mobility management)メッセージとは、MMのための手続きに用いられるNASメッセージであってよい。MMメッセージは、NAS MMメッセージと称されてもよい。MMメッセージは、UE_A10とAMF_A240の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、MMメッセージには、登録要求(Registration request)メッセージ、登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージ、登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージ、非登録要求(De-registrationrequest)メッセージ、非登録受諾(De-registration accept)メッセージ、設定更新コマンド(configuration update command)メッセージ、設定更新受諾(configuration update complete)メッセージ、サービス要求(Service request)メッセージ、サービス受諾(Service accept)メッセージ、サービス拒絶(Service reject)メッセージ、通知(Notification)メッセージ、通知応答(Notification response)メッセージ等が含まれてよい。 The MM (Mobility management) message may be a NAS message used for procedures for the MM. MM messages may be referred to as NAS MM messages. The MM message may be a control message sent and received between UE_A10 and AMF_A240. Furthermore, MM messages include registration request messages, registration accept messages, registration reject messages, non-registration request messages, and non-registration accept messages. Message, configuration update command message, configuration update complete message, service request message, service accept message, service reject message, notification Messages, notification response messages, etc. may be included.
 また、MM手続き(MMのための手続きとも称する)は、登録手続き(Registration procedure)、非登録手続き(De-registration procedure)、ジェネリックUE設定更新(Generic UE configuration update)手続き、認証・承認手続き、サービス要求手続き(Service requestprocedure)、ページング手続き(Paging procedure)、通知手続き(Notification procedure)が含まれてよい。 In addition, MM procedures (also referred to as procedures for MM) include registration procedures, de-registration procedures, generic UE configuration update procedures, authentication/authorization procedures, and services. It may include a request procedure, a paging procedure, and a notification procedure.
 5GS(5G System)サービスとは、コアネットワーク_B190を用いて提供される接続サービスであってよい。さらに、5GSサービスは、EPSサービスと異なるサービスでもよいし、EPSサービスと同様のサービスであってもよい。 The 5GS (5G System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Furthermore, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service, or may be a service similar to the EPS service.
 non 5GSサービスとは、5GSサービス以外のサービスであってよく、EPSサービス、及び/又はnon EPSサービスが含まれてもよい。 A non-5GS service may be a service other than a 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and/or a non-EPS service.
 S1モードとは、UE_A10に対して、E-UTRANを介したEPCへのアクセスを許可したモードである。言い換えると、S1モードは、S1インターフェースを用いたメッセージの送受信が実行されるモードであってもよい。尚、S1インターフェースは、S1-MMEインターフェース及びS1-Uインターフェースで構成されて良い。 S1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is permitted to access EPC via E-UTRAN. In other words, the S1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the S1 interface. Note that the S1 interface may be composed of an S1-MME interface and an S1-U interface.
 N1モードとは、UE_A10に対して、5Gアクセスネットワークを介した5GCへのアクセスを許可したモードである。言い換えると、N1モードは、N1インターフェースを用いたメッセージの送受信が実行されるモードであってもよい。 N1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is allowed to access 5GC via the 5G access network. In other words, the N1 mode may be a mode in which messages are sent and received using the N1 interface.
 APN(Access Point Name)とは、コアネットワーク及び/又はPDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報でよい。さらに、APNは、コアネットワークA_90を接続するPGW_A30/UPF_A235等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。 APN (Access Point Name) may be identification information that identifies a core network and/or an external network such as a PDN. Furthermore, the APN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30/UPF_A235 to connect core network A_90.
 PDN(Packet Data Network)タイプとは、PDNコネクションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、IPv4v6、non-IPがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv4v6が指定された場合は、IPv4又はIPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。non-IPが指定された場合は、IPを用いた通信ではなく、IP以外の通信方法によって通信する事を示す。 The PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. If IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv6. If IPv4v6 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4 or IPv6. If non-IP is specified, it indicates that communication is not using IP, but using a communication method other than IP.
 PDU(Protocol Data Unit)セッションとは、PDU接続性サービスを提供するDNとUEとの間の関連性として定義することができるが、UEと外部ゲートウェイとの間で確立される接続性であってもよい。UEは、5GSにおいて、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを介したPDUセッションを確立することにより、PDUセッションを用いて、DNとの間のユーザデータの送受信を行うことができる。ここで、この外部ゲートウェイとは、UPF、SCEF等であってよい。UEは、PDUセッションを用いて、DNに配置されるアプリケーションサーバ等の装置と、ユーザデータの送受信を実行する事ができる。尚、各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)は、PDUセッションに対して、1以上の識別情報を対応づけて管理してもよい。尚、これらの識別情報には、DNN、QoSルール、PDUセッションタイプ、アプリケーション識別情報、NSI識別情報、アクセスネットワーク識別情報、及びSSC modeのうち1以上が含まれてもよいし、その他の情報がさらに含まれてもよい。さらに、PDUセッションを複数確立する場合には、PDUセッションに対応づけられる各識別情報は、同じ内容でもよいし、異なる内容でもよい。 A PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session, which can be defined as an association between a UE and a DN that provides PDU connectivity services, is a connectivity established between a UE and an external gateway. Good too. In 5GS, by establishing a PDU session via the access network_B and core network_B, the UE can send and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session. Here, this external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, etc. The UE can use the PDU session to send and receive user data to and from devices such as application servers located in the DN. Note that each device (UE, access network device, and/or core network device) may manage a PDU session by associating one or more pieces of identification information with it. Note that this identification information may include one or more of DNN, QoS rules, PDU session type, application identification information, NSI identification information, access network identification information, and SSC mode, or may include other information. It may also be included. Furthermore, when establishing multiple PDU sessions, each piece of identification information associated with the PDU sessions may have the same content or may have different content.
 DNN(Data Network Name)とは、コアネットワーク及び/又はDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報であってよい。さらに、DNNは、コアネットワークB190を接続するPGW/UPF等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。さらに、DNNは、APN(Access Point Name)に相当するものであってもよい。 DNN (Data Network Name) may be identification information that identifies a core network and/or an external network such as a DN. Furthermore, the DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW/UPF to connect the core network B190. Furthermore, DNN may correspond to APN (Access Point Name).
 PDU(Protocol Data Unit)セッションタイプとは、PDUセッションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、Ethernet、Unstructuredがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。Ethernetが指定された場合は、Ethernetフレームの送受信を行うことを示す。また、Ethernetは、IPを用いた通信を行わないことを示してもよい。Unstructuredが指定された場合は、Point-to-Point(P2P)トンネリング技術を用いて、DNにあるアプリケーションサーバ等にデータを送受信することを示す。P2Pトンネリング技術としては、例えば、UDP/IPのカプセル化技術を用いても良い。尚、PDUセッションタイプには、上記の他にIPが含まれても良い。IPは、UEがIPv4とIPv6の両方を使用可能である場合に指定する事ができる。 The PDU (Protocol Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data will be sent and received using IPv4. If IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data will be sent and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Furthermore, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed. If Unstructured is specified, it indicates that data will be sent and received to the application server, etc. in the DN using Point-to-Point (P2P) tunneling technology. As the P2P tunneling technology, for example, UDP/IP encapsulation technology may be used. Note that the PDU session type may include IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
 PLMN(Public land mobile network)とは、移動無線通信サービスを提供する通信ネットワークである。PLMNは、通信事業者であるオペレータが管理するネットワークであり、PLMN IDにより、オペレータを識別することができる。UEのIMSI(International Mobile Subscription Identity)のMCC(Mobile Country Code)とMNC(Mobile Network Code)と一致するPLMNはHome PLMN(HPLMN)であってよい。さらに、UEは、USIMに1又は複数のEPLMN(Equivalent PLMN)を識別するための、Equivalent PLMN listを保持していてもよい。HPLMN、及び/又はEPLMNと異なるPLMNはVPLMN(Visited PLMN)であってよい。UEの登録が成功したPLMNは、RPLMN(Registered PLMN)であってよい。 PLMN (Public land mobile network) is a communication network that provides mobile wireless communication services. PLMN is a network managed by an operator, which is a telecommunications carrier, and the operator can be identified by the PLMN ID. A PLMN that matches the MCC (Mobile Country Code) and MNC (Mobile Network Code) of the UE's IMSI (International Mobile Subscription Identity) may be the Home PLMN (HPLMN). Furthermore, the UE may maintain an Equivalent PLMN list for identifying one or more EPLMNs (Equivalent PLMNs) in the USIM. A PLMN different from HPLMN and/or EPLMN may be VPLMN (Visited PLMN). The PLMN in which the UE has been successfully registered may be an RPLMN (Registered PLMN).
 また、登録PLMN(registered PLMN)は、UEが登録されているPLMNのことである。 Additionally, a registered PLMN is a PLMN in which the UE is registered.
 また、均等PLMN(equivalent PLMN)は、ネットワークで任意のPLMNと同じPLMNであるように扱われるPLMNのことである。例えば、均等PLMNは、登録PLMNと同じように扱われる、一又は複数のPLMNであってもよい。 In addition, an equivalent PLMN is a PLMN that is treated by the network as if it were the same PLMN as any PLMN. For example, an equivalent PLMN may be one or more PLMNs that are treated the same as a registered PLMN.
 PLMN選択(PLMN selection)とは、UEがPLMNを選択するための手続きであってもよい。ここで、PLMN選択は、UEがPLMNに接続する時に実施されてもよい。ここで、PLMN選択は、PLMN選択プロセス(PLMN selection process)と称されてもよいし、PLMN選択手続き(PLMN selection procedure)と称されてもよい。 PLMN selection may be a procedure for the UE to select a PLMN. Here, PLMN selection may be performed when the UE connects to the PLMN. Here, the PLMN selection may be referred to as a PLMN selection process or a PLMN selection procedure.
 ここで、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作していないUEは、PLMN選択を実行してもよい。また、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作しているUEは、PLMN選択を実行しなくてもよい。また、PLMN選択は、登録なしに実行されてもよい。言い換えると、PLMN選択は、UEがネットワークへの登録を完了していない場合に実行されてもよい。PLMN選択は、自動PLMN選択モード(automatic PLMN selection mode)、及び手動PLMN選択モード(manual PLMN selection mode)があってもよい。尚、PLMN選択とは、自動PLMN選択モードのことを示してもよいし、手動PLMN選択モードのことを示してもよい。 Here, the UE that is not operating in the SNPN access mode or the SNPN access operation mode may perform PLMN selection. Also, a UE operating in SNPN access mode or SNPN access operation mode does not need to perform PLMN selection. Also, PLMN selection may be performed without registration. In other words, PLMN selection may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network. PLMN selection may include an automatic PLMN selection mode and a manual PLMN selection mode. Note that PLMN selection may refer to automatic PLMN selection mode or manual PLMN selection mode.
 トラッキングエリアとは、コアネットワークが管理する、UE_A10の位置情報で表すことが可能な単数又は複数の範囲である。尚、トラッキングエリアは、複数のセルで構成されもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ページング等の制御メッセージがブロードキャストされる範囲でもよいし、UE_A10がハンドオーバー手続きをせずに移動できる範囲でもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ルーティングエリアでもよいし、ロケーションエリアでもよいし、これらと同様のものであればよい。以下、トラッキングエリアはTA(Tracking Area)であってもよい。トラッキングエリアは、TAC(Tracking area code)とPLMNで構成されるTAI(Tracking Area Identity)により識別されてよい。 A tracking area is a single or multiple range managed by the core network that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10. Note that the tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells. Further, the tracking area may be a range where control messages such as paging are broadcast, or a range where UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Furthermore, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or anything similar thereto. Hereinafter, the tracking area may be a TA (Tracking Area). A tracking area may be identified by a TAI (Tracking Area Identity) consisting of a TAC (Tracking Area Code) and a PLMN.
 レジストレーションエリア(Registration area又は登録エリア)とは、AMFがUEに割り当てる1又は複数のTAの集合である。尚、UE_A10は、レジストレーションエリアに含まれる一又は複数のTA内を移動している間は、トラッキングエリア更新のための信号を送受信することなく移動することができてよい。言い換えると、レジストレーションエリアは、UE_A10がトラッキングエリア更新手続きを実行することなく移動できるエリアを示す情報群であってよい。レジストレーションエリアは、1または複数のTAIにより構成されるTAI listにより識別されてよい。 A registration area is a collection of one or more TAs assigned to a UE by the AMF. Note that while the UE_A10 is moving within one or more TAs included in the registration area, it may be possible to move without transmitting or receiving a signal for updating the tracking area. In other words, the registration area may be a group of information indicating an area to which the UE_A10 can move without executing a tracking area update procedure. A registration area may be identified by a TAI list comprised of one or more TAIs.
 UE IDとは、UEを識別する為の情報である。例えば、UE IDは、SUCI、又はSUPI、又はIMSI、又はGUTI、又は5G-GUTI、又はIMEI、又はIMEISV又は、TMSI、又は5G-S-TMSIであってもよい。又は、UE IDはアプリケーションまたはネットワーク内で設定されたその他の情報であってもよい。さらに、UE IDは、ユーザを識別する為の情報であってもよい。 UE ID is information for identifying the UE. For example, the UE ID may be SUCI, SUPI, IMSI, GUTI, 5G-GUTI, IMEI, IMEISV, TMSI, or 5G-S-TMSI. Alternatively, the UE ID may be other information configured within the application or network. Furthermore, the UE ID may be information for identifying a user.
 SUCI(Subscription Concealed Identifier)は、隠蔽されたSUPI(concealed SUPI)を含むプライバシー保護のための識別子(privacy preserving identifier)であってよい。また、SUCIは、SUPI Type及び、Home Network Identifier及び、Routing Indicator及び、Protection Scheme Id及び、Home Network Public Key Identifier及び、Scheme Outputで構成されてよい。 The SUCI (Subscription Concealed Identifier) may be a privacy preserving identifier that includes a concealed SUPI. Further, the SUCI may be composed of SUPI Type, Home Network Identifier, Routing Indicator, Protection Scheme Id, Home Network Public Key Identifier, and Scheme Output.
 SUPI(Sbuscription Permanent Identifier)は、5Gシステムにおいて、各加入者に対して割り当てられた、世界で一意の識別子であってよい。SUPIは、SUPIタイプと、IMSI又はNSI又はGCI(Global Cable Identifier)又はGLI(Global Line Identifier)として定義されてよい。また、SUPIタイプは、IMSI、又はNSI、又はGCI、又はGLIを示してよい。すなわち、SUPIタイプがIMSIを示すときは、SUPIは、IMSIを示すSUPIタイプと、IMSIで構成されてよい。同様に、SUPIタイプがNSIを示すときは、SUPIは、NSIを示すSUPIタイプと、NSIで構成されてよい。また、SUPIタイプがGCIを示すときは、SUPIは、GCIを示すSUPIタイプと、GCIで構成されてよい。また、SUPIタイプがGLIを示すときは、SUPIは、GLIを示すSUPIタイプと、GLIで構成されてよい。 SUPI (Subscription Permanent Identifier) may be a globally unique identifier assigned to each subscriber in the 5G system. SUPI may be defined as SUPI type and IMSI or NSI or GCI (Global Cable Identifier) or GLI (Global Line Identifier). Additionally, the SUPI type may indicate IMSI, NSI, GCI, or GLI. That is, when the SUPI type indicates IMSI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating IMSI and IMSI. Similarly, when the SUPI type indicates NSI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating NSI and NSI. Furthermore, when the SUPI type indicates GCI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating GCI and GCI. Further, when the SUPI type indicates GLI, SUPI may be composed of the SUPI type indicating GLI and GLI.
 IMSI(International Mobile Subscription Identity)は、MCC(Mobile Country Code)、及びMNC(Mobile Network Code)、及びMSIN(Mobile Subscriber Identification Number)で構成されてよい。 IMSI (International Mobile Subscription Identity) may be composed of MCC (Mobile Country Code), MNC (Mobile Network Code), and MSIN (Mobile Subscriber Identification Number).
 5G-GUTI(5G Globally Unique Temporary Identifier)は、UEやユーザの恒久的なアイデンティティ(user's permanent identity)を明らかにしない、曖昧さのないUEの識別子を提供するための情報であってよい。また、5G-GUTIは、AMF及びネットワークの識別も可能である情報であってよい。また、5G-GUTIは、UEのアイデンティティを確立するためにネットワークとUEによって使用される情報であってよい。また、5G-GUTIは、5G-GUTIを割り当てたAMFを識別するもの及び、5G-GUTIを割り当てたAMF内でUEを一意に識別するもの、の2つの要素で構成されてよい。前者はGUAMI(Globally Unique AMF Identifier)であり、後者は5G-TMSI(5G-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity)であってよい。すなわち、5G-GUTIは、GUAMIと5G-TMSIで構成されてよい。 5G-GUTI (5G Globally Unique Temporary Identifier) may be information for providing an unambiguous UE identifier that does not reveal the UE or user's permanent identity. Furthermore, 5G-GUTI may be information that can also identify the AMF and network. 5G-GUTI may also be information used by the network and the UE to establish the identity of the UE. Furthermore, the 5G-GUTI may be composed of two elements: one that identifies the AMF that allocated the 5G-GUTI, and one that uniquely identifies the UE within the AMF that allocated the 5G-GUTI. The former may be GUAMI (Globally Unique AMF Identifier), and the latter may be 5G-TMSI (5G-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity). That is, 5G-GUTI may be composed of GUAMI and 5G-TMSI.
 IMEI(International Mobile station Equipment Identity)は、TAC(Type Allocation Code)及び、SNR(Serial Number)及び、CD(Check Digit)/SD(Spare Digit)で構成されてよい。 IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity) may be composed of TAC (Type Allocation Code), SNR (Serial Number), and CD (Check Digit)/SD (Spare Digit).
 IMEISV(International Mobile station Equipment Identity and Software Version number)は、TAC(Type Allocation Code)及び、SNR(Serial Number)及び、SVN(Software Version Number)で構成されてよい。 IMEISV (International Mobile station Equipment Identity and Software Version number) may be composed of TAC (Type Allocation Code), SNR (Serial Number), and SVN (Software Version Number).
 5G-S-TMSI(5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscription Identifier)は、5G-GUTIを短縮したものであってよい。また、5G-S-TMSIは、より効率的な無線シグナリング手続き(例えばページング(ページング手続きとも称する)やサービス要求(サービス要求手続きとも称する))を可能にするものであってよい。また、ページングのために、UEは5G-S-TMSIを使ってページングされてもよい。5G-S-TMSIは、AMF Set ID及び、AMF Pointer及び、5G-TMSIから構成されてよい。 5G-S-TMSI (5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscription Identifier) may be an abbreviation of 5G-GUTI. Furthermore, 5G-S-TMSI may enable more efficient radio signaling procedures (for example, paging (also referred to as paging procedure) and service request (also referred to as service request procedure)). Also, for paging, the UE may be paged using 5G-S-TMSI. 5G-S-TMSI may be composed of AMF Set ID, AMF Pointer, and 5G-TMSI.
 MACアドレス(Media Access Control address)は、共有されているメディアに接続されたデバイスのハードウェアアドレスであってよい。また、MACアドレスは、UEやネットワーク装置に付与されている固有の識別番号であってよい。 The MAC address (Media Access Control address) may be the hardware address of a device connected to the shared media. Further, the MAC address may be a unique identification number given to the UE or network device.
 EUI-64(IEEE Extended Unique Identifier)は、IEEEによって標準化された64ビット長の識別子であってよい。また、EUI-64は、IPv6アドレスを自動で生成する際に使用されるものであってよい。 EUI-64 (IEEE Extended Unique Identifier) may be a 64-bit long identifier standardized by the IEEE. Furthermore, EUI-64 may be used when automatically generating an IPv6 address.
 PEI(Permanent Equipment Identifier)は、UEを識別するための情報であってよい。また、PEIは、PEIタイプ(PEI type)と、IMEI又はIMEISV又はMACアドレス又はEUI-64として定義されてよい。ここで、PEIタイプは、IMEI又はIMEISV又はMACアドレス又はEUI-64を示してよい。すなわち、PEIタイプがIMEIを示すときは、PEIは、IMEIを示すPEIタイプと、IMEIで構成されてよい。同様に、PEIタイプがIMEISVを示すときは、PEIは、IMEISVを示すPEIタイプと、IMEISVで構成されてよい。また、PEIタイプがMACアドレスを示すときは、PEIは、MACアドレスを示すPEIタイプと、MACアドレスで構成されてよい。また、PEIタイプがEUI-64を示すときは、PEIは、EUI-64を示すPEIタイプと、EUI-64で構成されてよい。 PEI (Permanent Equipment Identifier) may be information for identifying the UE. Additionally, PEI may be defined as PEI type, IMEI or IMEISV, MAC address or EUI-64. Here, the PEI type may indicate IMEI or IMEISV or MAC address or EUI-64. That is, when the PEI type indicates an IMEI, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating the IMEI and the IMEI. Similarly, when the PEI type indicates IMEISV, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating IMEISV and IMEISV. Further, when the PEI type indicates a MAC address, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating the MAC address and the MAC address. Furthermore, when the PEI type indicates EUI-64, the PEI may be composed of the PEI type indicating EUI-64 and EUI-64.
 5GS mobile identityは、SUCI又は、5G-GUTI又は、IMEI又は、IMEISV又は、5G-S-TMSI又は、MACアドレス又は、EUI-64を提供するためのIEであってよい。また、5GS mobile identityは、5GS mobile identity情報要素(5GS mobile identity IE(information element))と称されてもよい。 5GS mobile identity may be SUCI or 5G-GUTI or IMEI or IMEISV or 5G-S-TMSI or MAC address or IE to provide EUI-64. Furthermore, 5GS mobile identity may be referred to as a 5GS mobile identity information element (5GS mobile identity IE (information element)).
 また、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)は、NSを識別するための情報である。S-NSSAIは、SST(Slice/Service type)のみで構成されてもよいし、SSTとSD(Slice Differentiator)の両方で構成されてもよい。ここで、SSTとは、機能とサービスの面で期待されるNSの動作を示す情報である。また、SDは、SSTで示される複数のNSIから1つのNSIを選択する際に、SSTを補間する情報であってもよい。S-NSSAIは、PLMN又はSNPNごとに特有な情報であってもよいし、PLMN又はSNPN間で共通化された標準の情報であってもよい。 Additionally, S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is information for identifying the NS. S-NSSAI may be configured only with SST (Slice/Service type), or may be configured with both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator). Here, SST is information indicating the expected behavior of the NS in terms of functions and services. Further, the SD may be information for interpolating the SST when selecting one NSI from a plurality of NSIs indicated by the SST. The S-NSSAI may be information specific to each PLMN or SNPN, or may be standard information shared between PLMNs or SNPNs.
 NPN(Non-Public Network)は、特定の利用者が特定の目的で利用する非公開ネットワークである。NPNには、SNPN(Stand-alone Non-Public Network)とPNI-NPN(Public Network Integrated NPN)の2種類が存在する。尚、NPNとは、SNPNのことを示してもよいし、PNI-NPNのことを示してもよいし、その両方のことを示してもよい。 NPN (Non-Public Network) is a private network used by specific users for specific purposes. There are two types of NPN: SNPN (Stand-alone Non-Public Network) and PNI-NPN (Public Network Integrated NPN). Note that NPN may refer to SNPN, PNI-NPN, or both.
 SNPNとは、NPNオペレータにより運用され、PLMNにより提供される機能部からの影響を受けないネットワークである。言い換えると、SNPNは一般に公開されるPLMNとは独立したNPN専用のネットワークである。SNPNは、SNPN ID(SNPN identity)によって識別されるネットワークであってよい。尚、SNPN IDは、PLMN IDとNID(Network identifier)とを組み合わせた情報であってよい。尚、SNPN IDに用いられるPLMN IDは、プライベートネットワークの為に確保された情報であってもよい。例えば、PLMN IDに含まれるMCCは、999であってもよい。さらに、UEがSNPNに登録された場合、登録されたSNPNを、登録SNPN、又はRSNPN (registered SNPN)と称してもよい。 SNPN is a network operated by an NPN operator and unaffected by the functional units provided by PLMN. In other words, SNPN is an NPN-only network that is independent of PLMN, which is open to the public. An SNPN may be a network identified by an SNPN ID (SNPN identity). Note that the SNPN ID may be information that is a combination of the PLMN ID and the NID (Network identifier). Note that the PLMN ID used as the SNPN ID may be information reserved for the private network. For example, the MCC included in the PLMN ID may be 999. Furthermore, if the UE is registered with an SNPN, the registered SNPN may be referred to as a registered SNPN or RSNPN.
 NIDとは、ネットワークを識別する情報である。SNPNは、PLMN IDとNIDとを組み合わせた情報により識別されてもよい。NIDは、SNPN内で一意の情報であってもよいし、世界で一意の情報であってもよい。 The NID is information that identifies a network. The SNPN may be identified by a combination of the PLMN ID and the NID. The NID may be information that is unique within the SNPN, or may be information that is unique worldwide.
 PNI-NPNとは、PLMNの機能部を利用して実現されるネットワークである。言い換えると、PNI-NPNは、PLMN内で仮想的に実現されるNPNである。さらに、PNI-NPNは、PLMNを介して作成可能なNPNである。尚、PNI-NPNは、ネットワークスライスの機能を用いて実現されてもよい。具体的には、PNI-NPNは、NPNのために割り当てられたネットワークスライスを用いることにより実現可能なネットワークであってもよい。この場合、PNI-NPNは、S-NSSAIによって識別されてもよいし、S-NSSAIとCAG IDの組み合わせにより識別されてもよい。さらに、PNI-NPNは、DNを用いて実現されてもよい。具体的には、PNI-NPNは、NPNのためのDNを用いることにより実現可能なネットワークであってもよい。この場合、PNI-NPNは、DNNによって識別されてもよいし、DNNとCAG IDの組み合わせにより識別されてもよい。 PNI-NPN is a network realized using the functional parts of PLMN. In other words, PNI-NPN is an NPN that is virtually realized within the PLMN. Furthermore, PNI-NPN is an NPN that can be created via PLMN. Note that PNI-NPN may be realized using a network slice function. Specifically, PNI-NPN may be a network that can be realized by using network slices allocated for NPN. In this case, the PNI-NPN may be identified by S-NSSAI or by a combination of S-NSSAI and CAG ID. Furthermore, PNI-NPN may be implemented using DN. Specifically, PNI-NPN may be a network that can be realized by using a DN for NPN. In this case, the PNI-NPN may be identified by a DNN or by a combination of a DNN and a CAG ID.
 CAG(Closed Access Groups)とは、PNI-NPNを実現する際に利用されるグループである。また、CAGは、CAG IDにより識別されるグループであってよい。また、CAGは、NPNの為に割り当てられたネットワークスライスに、NPNが許可されないUEから、アクセスを試みないようにするために使用されてもよい。 CAG (Closed Access Groups) is a group used when realizing PNI-NPN. Further, a CAG may be a group identified by a CAG ID. The CAG may also be used to prevent UEs that are not authorized for NPN from attempting to access network slices allocated for NPN.
 CAG IDとは、PLMN内のCAGを識別する情報である。さらに、CAG IDは、PLMN内で一意の識別子である。 CAG ID is information that identifies the CAG within the PLMN. Additionally, the CAG ID is a unique identifier within the PLMN.
 SNPN有効UE(SNPN enable UE)とは、SNPNを利用することができるUEであってもよい。SNPN有効UEは、SNPNに関する情報を、少なくとも1つ記憶していてもよい。言い換えると、SNPN有効UEの設定情報には、SNPNの利用が可能であることを示す情報が含まれていてよい。さらに、SNPN有効UEは、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードをサポートしてもよい。言い換えると、SNPN有効UEは、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作してもよい。 An SNPN-enabled UE may be a UE that can use an SNPN. An SNPN-enabled UE may store at least one piece of information related to an SNPN. In other words, the configuration information of an SNPN-enabled UE may include information indicating that the use of an SNPN is possible. Furthermore, an SNPN-enabled UE may support an SNPN access mode or an SNPN access operation mode. In other words, an SNPN-enabled UE may operate in an SNPN access mode or an SNPN access operation mode.
 SNPNアクセスモード(SNPN access mode)とは、UEがSNPNを選択するためのモードであってもよい。また、SNPNアクセスモードは、UEがSNPNに登録されたモードであってもよい。さらに、SNPNアクセスモードは、UEがSNPNに接続しているモードであってもよい。言い換えると、SNPNアクセスモードで動作しているUEは、ネットワーク選択時に、SNPNのみを選択してもよい。より詳細には、SNPNアクセスモードで動作しているUEは、ネットワーク選択時に、Uuインターフェースを介したSNPNのみを選択してもよい。言い換えると、SNPNアクセスモードで動作しているUEは、ネットワーク選択時に、PLMNを選択せずに、SNPNを選択してもよい。ここで、SNPNアクセスモードで動作しているUEは、SNPNアクセスモードのUEと表現されてもよい。さらに、SNPNアクセスモードのUEは、SNPN有効UEであってもよい。 The SNPN access mode may be a mode for the UE to select an SNPN. Further, the SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is registered with the SNPN. Furthermore, the SNPN access mode may be a mode in which the UE is connected to the SNPN. In other words, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select only SNPN when selecting a network. More specifically, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may only select SNPN over the Uu interface during network selection. In other words, a UE operating in SNPN access mode may select SNPN without selecting PLMN when selecting a network. Here, the UE operating in SNPN access mode may be expressed as UE in SNPN access mode. Furthermore, the UE in SNPN access mode may be an SNPN enabled UE.
 SNPNアクセスオペレーションモード(SNPN access operation mode)とは、SNPNアクセスモード、又はnon-3GPPアクセスを介して、SNPNへ接続するモードである。ここで、SNPNにおける「non-3GPPアクセス」とは、UEがPLMNを介して、SNPNに接続している場合を指してもよい。また、UEは、SNPNアクセスモードで動作する場合、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作してもよい。また、UEは、SNPNアクセスモードで動作しない場合、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作しなくてもよい。さらに、SNPNアクセスモードのUEは、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードのUEであってもよい。尚、SNPNアクセスオペレーションモードは、SNPNアクセスモードと読み変えてもよい。 SNPN access operation mode is a mode for connecting to SNPN via SNPN access mode or non-3GPP access. Here, "non-3GPP access" in the SNPN may refer to a case where the UE is connected to the SNPN via the PLMN. Additionally, when operating in the SNPN access mode, the UE may operate in the SNPN access operation mode. Also, if the UE does not operate in the SNPN access mode, it may not operate in the SNPN access operation mode. Furthermore, the UE in SNPN access mode may be a UE in SNPN access operation mode. Note that SNPN access operation mode may be read as SNPN access mode.
 SNPN選択(SNPN selection)とは、UEがSNPNを選択するための手続きであってもよい。また、SNPN選択は、UEがSNPNに接続する時に実施される手続きであってもよい。また、SNPN選択は、SNPN選択プロセス(SNPN selection process)と称してもよいし、SNPN選択手続き(SNPN selection procedure)と称してもよい。また、SNPN選択(SNPN selection)は、UEがSNPNを選択するためのプロセスであってもよい。また、SNPN選択は、UEがSNPNに接続する時に実施されるプロセスであってもよい。 SNPN selection may be a procedure for the UE to select an SNPN. Furthermore, SNPN selection may be a procedure performed when the UE connects to the SNPN. Further, SNPN selection may be referred to as an SNPN selection process or an SNPN selection procedure. Furthermore, SNPN selection may be a process for the UE to select an SNPN. Additionally, SNPN selection may be a process performed when a UE connects to an SNPN.
 ここで、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作しているUEは、SNPN選択を実行してもよい。また、SNPNアクセスモード、又はSNPNアクセスオペレーションモードで動作していないUEは、SNPN選択を実行しなくてもよい。また、SNPN選択は、自動SNPN選択モード(automatic SNPN selection mode)、及び手動SNPN選択モード(manual SNPN selection mode)があってもよい。また、SNPN選択は、登録なしに実行されてよい。言い換えると、SNPN選択は、UEがネットワークへの登録を完了していない場合に実行されてよい。尚、SNPN選択とは、自動SNPN選択モードのことを示してもよいし、手動SNPN選択モードのことを示してもよい。 Here, the UE operating in the SNPN access mode or the SNPN access operation mode may perform SNPN selection. Furthermore, a UE that is not operating in the SNPN access mode or the SNPN access operation mode may not perform SNPN selection. Further, the SNPN selection may include an automatic SNPN selection mode and a manual SNPN selection mode. Also, SNPN selection may be performed without registration. In other words, SNPN selection may be performed when the UE has not completed registration with the network. Note that SNPN selection may refer to automatic SNPN selection mode or manual SNPN selection mode.
 均等SNPN(equivalent PLMN)とは、任意のSNPNと同じSNPNであるように扱われるSNPNのことであってよい。例えば、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じように扱われる、一又は複数のSNPNであってもよい。さらに、均等SNPNは、任意のSNPNと同じSNPNであるように扱われるPLMNのことであってよい。例えば、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じように扱われる、一又は複数のPLMNであってもよい。 An equivalent SNPN (equivalent PLMN) may be an SNPN that is treated as the same SNPN as any other SNPN. For example, an equivalent SNPN may be one or more SNPNs that are treated the same as registered SNPNs. Further, an equivalent SNPN may be a PLMN that is treated as if it were the same SNPN as any SNPN. For example, an equivalent SNPN may be one or more PLMNs that are treated the same as registered SNPNs.
 さらに、均等SNPNは、任意のSNPNと同じPLMN IDで識別される、一又は複数のSNPNであってよいし、PLMNであってもよい。例えば、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じPLMN IDで識別される、一又は複数のSNPNであってよいし、PLMNであってもよい。さらに、均等SNPNは、登録SNPNと同じPLMN IDで識別されるPLMN、及び前記PLMNの均等PLMNであってよい。 Further, the equal SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as any SNPN, or may be a PLMN. For example, the equivalent SNPN may be one or more SNPNs identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, or may be a PLMN. Further, the equivalent SNPN may be a PLMN identified by the same PLMN ID as the registered SNPN, and an equivalent PLMN of said PLMN.
 局所的なサービス(localized services)とは、特定の/制限されたエリアで提供されるサービスであってもよい。また、局所的なサービスは、時間で制限されてもよい。局所的なサービスは、local serviceと称されてもよい。また、局所的なサービスは、ライブ、又はオンデマンドの音声、又は映像ストリーム、又はビデオゲーム、又はIMSなどのアプリケーションを介して、実現されてもよい。また、局所的なサービスは、UEからUE、又はUEからDNなどの接続性を介して、実現されてもよい。 Localized services may be services provided in a specific/restricted area. Local services may also be limited in time. A local service may be referred to as a local service. Localized services may also be implemented via applications such as live or on-demand audio or video streams, or video games, or IMS. Also, localized services may be realized via connectivity such as UE to UE or UE to DN.
 また、局所的なサービスは、hosting networkと読み変えてもよい。また、局所的なサービスは、hosting networkによって提供されてもよい。また、局所的なサービスがサポートされているとは、hosting networkがサポートされている、と読み変えてもよい。 Also, local services may be read as a hosting network. Local services may be provided by a hosting network. Local services are supported may be read as a hosting network is supported.
 局所的なサービスプロバイダ(localized service provider)とは、サービスをローカライズし、hosting networkを介して、エンドユーザに提供する、アプリケーションプロバイダ又はネットワークオペレータのことであってもよい。また、局所的なサービスプロバイダは、局所的なサービスを提供するアプリケーションプロバイダ又はネットワークオペレータのことであってもよい。また、局所的なサービスプロバイダは、DNであってもよい。また、局所的なサービスプロバイダは、コアネットワークであってもよい。 A localized service provider may be an application provider or network operator that localizes and provides services to end users via a hosting network. A local service provider may also be an application provider or a network operator that provides local services. The local service provider may also be a DN. The local service provider may also be a core network.
 hosting networkとは、局所的なサービスへの接続を提供するネットワークのことであってもよい。また、hosting networkは、NPNであってもよい。ここで、NPNは、SNPNであってもよいし、PNI-NPNであってもよい。 A hosting network may be a network that provides connectivity to local services. Further, the hosting network may be NPN. Here, NPN may be SNPN or PNI-NPN.
 また、hosting networkは、局所的なサービスと読み変えてもよい。また、hosting networkがサポートされているとは、局所的なサービスがサポートされている、と読み変えてもよい。 Also, hosting network may be read as local service. In addition, "hosting network is supported" may be read as "local services are supported."
 ホームネットワーク(home network)とは、現在使用中のUEのサブスクリプション又はクレデンシャルを所有するネットワークであってもよい。また、ホームネットワークは、PLMNであってもよいし、NPNであってもよい。ここで、NPNは、SNPN又はPNI-NPNであってもよい。 The home network may be the network that owns the subscription or credentials of the UE currently in use. The home network may be a PLMN or an NPN. Here, the NPN may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
 ホームネットワークサービス(home network service)とは、ホームネットワークオペレータと合意したサブスクリプションに基づき、UEに提供されるサービスであってもよい。また、ホームネットワークサービスは、ホームネットワークによって提供されるサービスであってもよい。 A home network service may be a service provided to a UE based on a subscription agreed with a home network operator. Further, the home network service may be a service provided by a home network.
 [2.7. 本実施形態における識別情報の説明]
 次に、本実施形態において、各装置により送受信、及び/又は記憶、及び/又は管理される識別情報について説明する。
[2.7. Description of Identification Information in the Present Embodiment]
Next, the identification information transmitted, received, stored, and/or managed by each device in this embodiment will be described.
 まず、第1の識別情報とは、DNNである。また、第1の識別情報は、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNであってもよい。また、第1の識別情報は、第3の識別情報に関連したDNNであってもよい。また、第1の識別情報は、第10の識別情報と同じであってもよい。 First, the first identification information is DNN. Further, the first identification information may be a DNN related to a local service. Further, the first identification information may be a DNN related to the third identification information. Further, the first identification information may be the same as the tenth identification information.
 次に、第2の識別情報とは、S-NSSAIである。また、第2の識別情報は、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIであってもよい。また、第2の識別情報は、第3の識別情報に関連したS-NSSAIであってもよい。また、第2の識別情報は、第11の識別情報と同じであってもよい。 Next, the second identification information is S-NSSAI. Additionally, the second identification information may be an S-NSSAI related to a local service. Further, the second identification information may be S-NSSAI related to the third identification information. Furthermore, the second identification information may be the same as the eleventh identification information.
 次に、第3の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。また、第3の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスを示すサービス識別子であってもよい。また、第3の識別情報は、UEが利用する局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、また、第3の識別情報は、UEが要求するする局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報と同じであってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報で示される、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 Next, the third identification information may be an identifier of a local service. Further, the third identification information may be a service identifier indicating a local service. Further, the third identification information may indicate an identifier of a local service used by the UE. Furthermore, the third identification information may also indicate an identifier of a local service requested by the UE. Here, the third identification information may be the same as the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、第3の識別情報は、UEが記憶する一又は複数の局所的なサービスの識別子から選択された識別子であってもよい。また、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報から選択された識別子であってもよい。 Additionally, the third identification information may be an identifier selected from one or more local service identifiers stored in the UE. Furthermore, the third identification information may be an identifier selected from the twelfth identification information.
 次に、第4の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを示す情報であってもよい。また、第4の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスをサポートすることを示す情報であってもよい。また、第4の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスをサポートしないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Next, the fourth identification information may be information indicating whether or not local services are supported. Further, the fourth identification information may be information indicating that a local service is supported. Further, the fourth identification information may be information indicating that local services are not supported.
 また、第4の情報は、5GSM capability IEを用いて示されてもよいし、5GMM capabilityIEを用いて示されてもよい。 Additionally, the fourth information may be indicated using the 5GSM capability IE or the 5GMM capability IE.
 次に、第10の識別情報とは、DNNである。また、第10の識別情報は、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNであってもよい。また、第10の識別情報は、第12の識別情報に関連したDNNであってもよい。また、第10の識別情報は、第1の識別情報と同じであってもよい。 Next, the tenth identification information is a DNN. The tenth identification information may also be a DNN associated with a local service. The tenth identification information may also be a DNN associated with the twelfth identification information. The tenth identification information may also be the same as the first identification information.
 次に、第11の識別情報とは、S-NSSAIである。また、第11の識別情報は、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIであってもよい。また、第11の識別情報は、第12の識別情報に関連したS-NSSAIであってもよい。また、第11の識別情報は、第2の識別情報と同じであってもよい。 Next, the eleventh identification information is S-NSSAI. Further, the eleventh identification information may be an S-NSSAI related to a local service. Further, the eleventh identification information may be S-NSSAI related to the twelfth identification information. Furthermore, the eleventh identification information may be the same as the second identification information.
 次に、第12の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。また、第12の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスを示すサービス識別子であってもよい。また、第12の識別情報は、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。また、第12の識別情報は、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。また、第12の識別情報は、第3の識別情報と同じであってもよい。 Next, the twelfth identification information may be an identifier of a local service. Further, the twelfth identification information may be a service identifier indicating a local service. Further, the twelfth identification information may be an identifier of an available local service. Furthermore, the twelfth identification information may be an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network. Further, the twelfth identification information may be the same as the third identification information.
 また、第12の識別情報は、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストであってもよい。また、第12の識別情報は、1以上の利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストであってもよい。また、第12の識別情報は、1以上の、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストであってもよい。 Additionally, the twelfth identification information may be a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, the twelfth identification information may be a list composed of identifiers of one or more available local services. Further, the twelfth identification information may be a list composed of one or more identifiers of local services that can be used by the UE and/or the network.
 また、第12の識別情報は、第10の識別情報及び/又は第11の識別情報と関連付けられた情報であってもよい。 Additionally, the twelfth identification information may be information associated with the tenth identification information and/or the eleventh identification information.
 次に、第13の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認することを示す情報であってもよい。また、第13の識別情報は、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認しないことを示す情報であってもよい。また、第13の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示す情報であってもよい。 Next, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the local service is authenticated and/or approved. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that the local service is not authenticated and/or approved. Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating whether or not to authenticate and/or approve the local service.
 また、第13の識別情報は、局所的なサービスを許可することを示す情報であってもよい。また、第13の識別情報は、局所的なサービスを許可しないことを示す情報であってもよい。また、第13の識別情報は、局所的なサービスを許可するか否かを示す情報であってもよい。 Additionally, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that local services are permitted. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that local services are not permitted. Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating whether or not local services are permitted.
 また、第13の識別情報は、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けられた情報であってもよい。また、第13の識別情報は、第10から12、14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けられた情報であってもよい。 Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information associated with one or more identification information among the first to fourth identification information. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be information associated with one or more of the tenth to twelfth and fourteenth identification information.
 さらに、第13の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Further, the thirteenth identification information may include identification information received by the network, and/or information associated with the NSI, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status; /Or the information may be selected or determined based on the user's registered information or the like.
 次に、第14の識別情報とは、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示す理由値であってよい。また、第14の識別情報は、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示す理由値であってよい。また、第14の識別情報は、第3の識別情報で示した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示す理由値であってよい。第14の識別情報は、5GSM (5GS Session Management)理由値であってよい。 Next, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service is unavailable. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service requested by the UE is not available. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service indicated by the third identification information cannot be used. The fourteenth identification information may be a 5GSM (5GS Session Management) reason value.
 また、第14の識別情報は、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを示す理由値であってもよい。また、第14の識別情報は、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを示す理由値であってもよい。また、第14の識別情報は、第3の識別情報で示した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを示す理由値であってもよい。 Additionally, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service is not available at the time. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service requested by the UE is not available at a time. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service indicated by the third identification information is not available at a time.
 また、第14の識別情報は、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認を取り消すことを示す理由値であってもよい。また、第14の識別情報とは、第13の識別情報で示した局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認を取り消すことを示す理由値であってもよい。 Additionally, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that authentication and/or approval of the local service is to be revoked. Furthermore, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the authentication and/or approval of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information is to be cancelled.
 また、第14の識別情報は、局所的なサービスの許可を取り消すことを示す理由値であってもよい。また、第14の識別情報は、第13の識別情報で示した局所的なサービスの許可を取り消すことを示す理由値であってもよい。 The 14th identification information may also be a reason value indicating that permission for the local service is to be revoked. The 14th identification information may also be a reason value indicating that permission for the local service indicated by the 13th identification information is to be revoked.
 また、第14の識別情報は、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを示す理由値であってもよい。また、第14の識別情報は、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを示す理由値であってもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Additionally, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be a reason value indicating that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 さらに、第14の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した識別情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。 Furthermore, the fourteenth identification information may include identification information received by the network, and/or information associated with the NSI, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status; /Or the information may be selected or determined based on the user's registered information or the like.
 [3. 各実施形態で用いられる手続きの説明]
 次に、各実施形態で用いられる手続きについて説明する。以下、各手続きについて説明していく。
[3. Description of procedures used in each embodiment]
Next, procedures used in each embodiment will be explained. Each procedure will be explained below.
 尚、各実施形態では、図2に記載されているように、HSSとUDM、PCFとPCRF、SMFとPGW-C、UPFとPGW-Uが、それぞれ同一の装置(つまり、同一の物理的なハードウェア、又は同一の論理的なハードウェア、又は同一のソフトウェア)として構成されている場合を例にとって説明する。しかし、本実施形態に記載される内容は、これらが異なる装置(つまり、異なる物理的なハードウェア、又は異なる論理的なハードウェア、又は異なるソフトウェア)として構成される場合にも適用可能である。例えば、これらの間で、直接データの送受信を行ってもよいし、AMF、MME間のN26インターフェースを介してデータを送受信してもよいし、UEを介してデータを送受信してもよい。 In each embodiment, as shown in FIG. An example will be explained in which they are configured as hardware, the same logical hardware, or the same software. However, what is described in this embodiment is also applicable when these are configured as different devices (ie, different physical hardware, different logical hardware, or different software). For example, data may be sent and received directly between them, data may be sent and received via the N26 interface between the AMF and MME, or data may be sent and received via the UE.
 [3.1. 登録手続き]
 まず、登録手続き(Registration procedure)について、図6を用いて説明する。登録手続きは、5GSにおける手続きである。本章において、本手続きとは登録手続きを指す。登録手続きは、UEが主導してアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、及び/又はDNへ登録する為の手続きである。UEは、ネットワークに登録していない状態であれば、例えば、電源投入時等の任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行することができる。言い換えると、UEは、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)であれば任意のタイミングで本手続きを開始できる。また、各装置(特にUEとAMF)は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)に遷移することができる。尚、登録の状態は、アクセス毎に各装置で管理されてよい。具体的には、各装置は3GPPアクセスに対する登録の状態(登録状態又は非登録状態)と、non-3GPPアクセスに対する登録の状態を独立して管理してよい。
[3.1. Registration procedure]
First, the registration procedure will be explained using FIG. 6. The registration procedure is a procedure in 5GS. In this chapter, this procedure refers to the registration procedure. The registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to take the lead in registering with the access network_B and/or the core network_B and/or the DN. As long as the UE is not registered with the network, it can execute this procedure at any timing, such as when turning on the power, for example. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at any timing if it is in the unregistered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state). Furthermore, each device (particularly the UE and AMF) can transition to a registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure. Note that the registration status may be managed by each device for each access. Specifically, each device may independently manage the registration state for 3GPP access (registered state or unregistered state) and the registration state for non-3GPP access.
 また、登録手続きは、初期登録のための登録手続き(Registration procedure for initial registration)であってよい。また、登録手続きは、モビリティ及び定期的な登録更新のための登録手続き(Registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update)であってよい。 The registration procedure may also be a registration procedure for initial registration. The registration procedure may also be a registration procedure for mobility and periodic registration update.
 さらに、登録手続きは、ネットワークにおけるUEの位置登録情報を更新する、及び/又は、UEからネットワークへ定期的にUEの状態を通知する、及び/又は、ネットワークにおけるUEに関する特定のパラメータを更新する為の手続きであってもよい。 Furthermore, the registration procedure may be used to update the location registration information of the UE in the network, and/or to periodically notify the UE status from the UE to the network, and/or to update certain parameters regarding the UE in the network. This procedure may be used.
 また、本手続きは、局所的なサービスのための登録手続きであってもよいし、hosting networkのための登録手続きであってもよい。 Additionally, this procedure may be a registration procedure for a local service or a registration procedure for a hosting network.
 UEは、TAを跨ぐモビリティをした際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、保持しているTAリストで示されるTAとは異なるTAに移動した際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッションの切断や無効化が原因で各装置のコンテキストの更新が必要な際に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEのPDUセッション確立に関する、能力情報、及び/又はプリファレンスに変化が生じた場合、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、定期的に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UE設定更新手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。尚、UEは、これらに限らず、任意のタイミングで登録手続きを実行することができる。 The UE may initiate the registration procedure when it performs cross-TA mobility. In other words, the UE may start the registration procedure when it moves to a TA different from the TA indicated in the TA list it maintains. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of a PDU session. Additionally, the UE may initiate a registration procedure if there is a change in the capability information and/or preferences regarding the UE's PDU session establishment. Furthermore, the UE may periodically initiate a registration procedure. Furthermore, the UE may initiate a registration procedure based on the completion of the UE configuration update procedure. Note that the UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
 さらに、UEは、登録状態であっても、定期的に登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Additionally, the UE may start registration procedures periodically even in the registered state.
 尚、UEのモビリティに基づいて実行される登録手続きと、定期的に実行される登録手続きとを、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きと表現してもよい。言い換えると、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、UEのモビリティに基づいて実行される登録手続きであってもよく、定期的に実行される登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、UEの設定更新に基づいて実行される登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、ユーザデータを送受信するための通信路を確立するために実行する登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、ネットワークからの要求に基づいて実行される登録手続きであってもよい。さらに、言い換えると、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きは、初期登録のための登録手続き以外の登録手続きであってよい。 Note that the registration procedure executed based on the mobility of the UE and the registration procedure executed periodically may be expressed as a registration procedure for mobility and registration update. In other words, the registration procedure for mobility and registration update may be a registration procedure performed based on the mobility of the UE, or may be a registration procedure performed periodically. Furthermore, the registration procedure for mobility and registration updates may be a registration procedure performed based on a configuration update of the UE. Furthermore, the registration procedure for mobility and registration updates may be a registration procedure performed to establish a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data. Furthermore, the registration procedure for mobility and registration update may be a registration procedure performed based on a request from the network. Furthermore, in other words, the registration procedure for mobility and registration renewal may be a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration.
 次に、登録手続きの各ステップを説明していく。尚、以下で説明する登録手続きは、初期登録のための登録手続きであってもよいし、モビリティと登録更新のための登録手続きであってもよい。 Next, we will explain each step of the registration procedure. Note that the registration procedure described below may be a registration procedure for initial registration, or may be a registration procedure for mobility and registration update.
 まず、UEは、AMFに登録要求(Registration request)メッセージを送信することにより(S800)(S802)(S804)、登録手続きを開始する。具体的には、UEは、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを、5G AN(又はgNB)に送信する(S800)。尚、登録要求メッセージは、NASメッセージである。また、RRCメッセージは、UEと5G AN(又はgNB)との間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。また、NASメッセージはNASレイヤで処理され、RRCメッセージはRRCレイヤで処理される。尚、NASレイヤはRRCレイヤよりも上位のレイヤである。 First, the UE starts the registration procedure by sending a registration request message to the AMF (S800) (S802) (S804). Specifically, the UE sends an RRC message including a registration request message to the 5G AN (or gNB) (S800). The registration request message is a NAS message. The RRC message may be a control message transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G AN (or gNB). The NAS message is processed in the NAS layer, and the RRC message is processed in the RRC layer. The NAS layer is a layer higher than the RRC layer.
 ここで、UEは、第3から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージ、及び/又はRRCメッセージに含めて送信してよい。より詳細には、UEは、第3から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージ、及び/又はRRCメッセージに含めて送信してもよいし、これらとは異なる制御メッセージ、例えば、RRCレイヤよりも下位のレイヤ(例えば、MACレイヤ、RLCレイヤ、PDCPレイヤ)の制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。 Here, the UE may transmit one or more of the third to fourth identification information in a registration request message and/or an RRC message. More specifically, the UE may transmit one or more of the third to fourth identification information in a registration request message and/or an RRC message, or may transmit one or more of the third to fourth identification information in a control message different from these, for example, a control message of a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, a MAC layer, an RLC layer, a PDCP layer).
 具体的には、UEは、第3の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、要求する局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報と同じであってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報で示される、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 Specifically, the UE may indicate to the network an identifier of the requested local service by transmitting a third identification, where the third identification may be the same as the twelfth identification. Here, the third identification may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification. Here, the third identification may be associated with the first identification and/or the second identification.
 また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートすることを示してもよい。また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを示してもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network that it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
 尚、UEは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、UEが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 Note that by transmitting these identification information, the UE may indicate to the network that the UE supports each function, or may indicate the UE's request. Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
 さらに、UEは、第3から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めて送信することで、登録要求メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容を、ネットワークに示してもよい。 Furthermore, by transmitting one or more pieces of identification information among the third to fourth pieces of identification information in the registration request message, the UE indicates to the network the content indicated by the identification information included in the registration request message. Good too.
 尚、UEは、第3から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録要求メッセージに含めるかを、加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はUEが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 Note that the UE determines whether to include one or more of the third to fourth pieces of identification information in the registration request message based on subscriber information, network status, and/or user registration information. Alternatively, it may be selected and determined based on the context held by the UE.
 尚、UEは、第3から4の識別情報以外の識別情報も、登録要求メッセージに含めて送信してよい。 Note that the UE may include identification information other than the third to fourth identification information in the registration request message and transmit it.
 5G AN(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを受信すると、登録要求メッセージを転送するAMFを選択する(S802)。尚、5G AN(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに含まれる情報に基づいて、AMFを選択することができる。5G AN(又はgNB)は、受信したRRCメッセージから登録要求メッセージを取り出し、選択したAMFに、登録要求メッセージを転送する(S804)。 When the 5G AN (or gNB) receives the RRC message including the registration request message, it selects an AMF to which to transfer the registration request message (S802). Note that the 5G AN (or gNB) can select an AMF based on information included in the registration request message and/or the RRC message. The 5G AN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message and transfers the registration request message to the selected AMF (S804).
 AMFは、登録要求メッセージを受信した場合、第1の条件判別を実行することができる。第1の条件判別とは、ネットワーク(又はAMF)がUEの要求を受諾するか否かを判別するためのものである。AMFは、第1の条件判別が真の場合、図6の(A)の手続きを開始するのに対し、第1の条件判別が偽の場合、図6の(B)の手続きを開始する。 The AMF may perform the first condition determination when receiving the registration request message. The first condition determination is for determining whether the network (or AMF) accepts the UE request. If the first condition determination is true, the AMF starts the procedure in (A) of FIG. 6, whereas if the first condition determination is false, it starts the procedure in FIG. 6 (B).
 尚、第1の条件判別は、登録要求メッセージの受信、及び/又は登録要求メッセージに含まれる各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、実行されてもよい。例えば、UEの要求をネットワークが許可する場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求をネットワークが許可しない場合、第1の条件判別は偽であってよい。また、UEの登録先のネットワーク、及び/又はネットワーク内の装置が、UEの要求する機能をサポートしている場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求する機能をサポートしていない場合、第1の条件判別は偽であってよい。さらに、送受信される識別情報が許可される場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、送受信される識別情報が許可されない場合、第1の条件判別は偽であってよい。尚、第1の条件判別の真偽が決まる条件は前述した条件に限らなくてもよい。 Note that the first condition determination is based on reception of a registration request message, and/or each identification information included in the registration request message, subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or each identification information included in the registration request message. It may be executed based on the state of the network, the user's registration information, the context held by the AMF, and/or the like. For example, the first condition determination may be true if the network grants the UE's request, and false if the network does not grant the UE's request. Furthermore, if the network to which the UE is registered and/or the equipment within the network supports the function requested by the UE, the first condition determination is true, and the function requested by the UE is not supported. , the first conditional determination may be false. Furthermore, if the identification information to be transmitted and received is permitted, the first condition determination may be true, and if the identification information to be transmitted and received is not permitted, the first condition determination may be false. Note that the conditions for determining the truth of the first condition determination are not limited to the conditions described above.
 まず、第1の条件判別が真の場合について説明する。AMFは、図6の(A)の手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、5G AN(又はgNB)を介して、UEに登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージを送信する(S806)。尚、登録受諾メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 First, the case where the first condition determination is true will be explained. In the procedure of (A) in FIG. 6, the AMF transmits a registration accept message to the UE via the 5G AN (or gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S806). Note that the registration acceptance message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5G AN (gNB).
 AMFは、登録受諾メッセージに、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。尚、AMFは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 The AMF may send the registration acceptance message including one or more of the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information. Note that by transmitting these identification information, the AMF may indicate that the network supports each function, or may indicate that the UE's request has been accepted. Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
 さらに、AMFは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めて送信することで、これらの識別情報が示す内容をUEに示してもよい。また、AMFは、登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEに、これらの識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Furthermore, the AMF may indicate to the UE what these pieces of identification information indicate by including and transmitting one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information in the registration acceptance message. The AMF may also indicate the contents of these identification information to the UE by sending a registration acceptance message.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを示してもよい。 Specifically, the network may indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information. The network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
 尚、AMFは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 The AMF shall determine whether to include one or more of the 12th to 14th identification information in the registration acceptance message based on each received identification information and/or subscriber information and/or network capability information. , and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF.
 尚、AMFは、第12から14の識別情報以外の識別情報も、登録受諾メッセージに含めて送信してよい。 In addition, the AMF may also include identification information other than identification information 12 to 14 in the registration acceptance message.
 また、AMFは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。 The AMF may also collect each received identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or It may be indicated that the UE's request has been accepted by transmitting a registration acceptance message based on the context held by the AMF.
 さらに、AMFは、登録受諾メッセージに、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を受信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、AMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Additionally, the AMF may include and send information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected in the registration acceptance message, or may send information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. may indicate why some requests of the UE were rejected. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why some of the UE's requests have been rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
 次に、UEは、AMFから、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録受諾メッセージを受信する(S806)。UEは、登録受諾メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が受諾されたこと、及び登録受諾メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。 Next, the UE receives a registration acceptance message from the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) (S806). By receiving the registration acceptance message, the UE can recognize that the UE's request based on the registration request message has been accepted, and the contents of various types of identification information included in the registration acceptance message.
 具体的には、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 12th identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 12th identification information, it may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたか否かを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたか否かを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 13th identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 13th identification information, it may store it in association with the 12th identification information and/or the 14th identification information.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at that time.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at that time.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that authentication and/or authorization of the local service has been revoked.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the 13th identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、登録受諾メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the registration acceptance message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 また、UEは、登録受諾メッセージを受信した場合、登録受諾メッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the registration acceptance message, the UE may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the registration acceptance message.
 次に、UEは、登録受諾メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、登録完了メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)介して、AMFに送信してもよいし、しなくてもよい(S808)。ここで、登録完了メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 Next, the UE may or may not send a registration completion message to the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S808). Here, the registration completion message is a NAS message sent and received on the N1 interface, but is included in an RRC message and sent and received between the UE and 5G AN (gNB).
 次に、AMFは、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録完了メッセージを受信してもよいし、しなくてもよい(S808)。 Next, the AMF may or may not receive a registration completion message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S808).
 各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録完了メッセージの送受信に基づき、図6の(A)の手続きを完了する。 Each device completes the procedure in (A) of FIG. 6 based on the transmission and reception of the registration acceptance message and/or registration completion message.
 次に、第1の条件判別が偽の場合について説明する。AMFは、図6の(B)の手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、5G AN(gNB)を介して、UEに登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージを送信する(S810)。ここで、登録拒絶メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。 Next, a case where the first condition determination is false will be explained. In the procedure of (B) in FIG. 6, the AMF transmits a registration reject message to the UE via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S810). Here, the registration rejection message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, but is included in the RRC message and transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G AN (gNB).
 ここで、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージに、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。さらに、AMFは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよいし、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。 Here, the AMF may include one or more identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth identification information in the registration rejection message and send it. Additionally, the AMF may indicate that the UE's request has been rejected or may indicate the reason why the UE's request was rejected by transmitting these identification information.
 さらに、AMFは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めて送信することで、登録拒絶メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに示してもよい。また、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージを送信することで、UEに、これらの識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Furthermore, the AMF may indicate to the UE the contents indicated by the identification information included in the registration rejection message by including one or more of the identification information items 12 to 14 in the registration rejection message and sending the message. The AMF may also indicate to the UE the contents of these identification information items by sending a registration rejection message.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを示してもよい。 Specifically, the network may indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information. The network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
 尚、AMFは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を登録拒絶メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 In addition, AMF determines whether to include one or more identification information among the 12th to 14th identification information in the registration rejection message, based on each received identification information, subscriber information, and/or network capability information. , and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF.
 さらに、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージを送信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージに拒絶された理由を示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、拒絶された理由を送信することで拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示す情報を受信することで、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、AMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。 Furthermore, the AMF may indicate that the UE's request via the registration request message has been rejected by sending a registration rejection message. Furthermore, the AMF may include information indicating the reason for the rejection in the registration rejection message and send it, or may indicate the reason for the rejection by sending the reason for the rejection. Furthermore, the UE may recognize the reason for the rejection of the UE's request by receiving information indicating the reason for the rejection of the UE's request. In addition, the reason for the rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
 次に、UEは、AMFから、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録拒絶メッセージを受信する(S810)。UEは、登録拒絶メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたこと、及び登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。 Next, the UE receives a registration rejection message from the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) (S810). By receiving the registration rejection message, the UE can recognize that the UE's request based on the registration request message has been rejected, and the contents of various types of identification information included in the registration rejection message.
 具体的には、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたか否かを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたか否かを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、登録拒絶メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the registration rejection message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 また、UEは、登録拒絶メッセージを受信した場合、登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives a registration rejection message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the registration rejection message.
 また、UEは、登録要求メッセージを送信した後、所定の期間が経過しても、登録拒絶メッセージを受信しない場合には、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, if the UE does not receive the registration rejection message even after a predetermined period has elapsed after transmitting the registration request message, the UE may recognize that the UE's request has been rejected.
 各装置は、登録拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続き中の(B)の手続きを完了する。 Based on the transmission and reception of the registration refusal message, each device completes the procedure (B) in this procedure.
 尚、図6の(B)の手続きは、図6の(A)の手続きを中止した場合に開始される場合もある。 Note that the procedure in (B) of FIG. 6 may be started when the procedure in (A) of FIG. 6 is canceled.
 各装置は、図6の(A)又は(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを完了する。尚、各装置は、図6の(A)の手続きの完了に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録された状態(RM_REGISTERED state)に遷移してもよい。また、各装置は、図6の(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録されていない状態(RM_DEREGISTERED state)を維持してもよいし、UEがネットワークに登録されていない状態へ遷移してもよい。 Each device completes the registration procedure based on the completion of the procedure in (A) or (B) of FIG. Note that each device may transition to a state in which the UE is registered with the network (RM_REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the procedure in (A) of FIG. Furthermore, each device may maintain a state in which the UE is not registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED state) or a state in which the UE is not registered in the network, based on the completion of the procedure in (B) in Figure 6. You may transition to .
 さらに、各装置は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。さらに、各装置は、UEの要求が拒絶された理由に基づいて、再度本手続きを実施してもよいし、コアネットワーク_Bや別のセルに対して登録手続きを実施してもよい。 Furthermore, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted and received in the registration procedure, based on the completion of the registration procedure. For example, if information indicating that some of the UE's requests have been rejected is sent or received, the reason why the UE's requests were rejected may be recognized. Furthermore, each device may perform this procedure again based on the reason why the UE request was rejected, or may perform the registration procedure for core network_B or another cell.
 さらに、UEは、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージ、又は登録拒絶メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may store the identification information received with the registration acceptance message or the registration rejection message, or may recognize the network's decision, based on the completion of the registration procedure.
 [3.2. UE設定更新手続き]
 次に、UE設定更新手続き(Generic UE configuration update procedure)について、図7を用いて説明する。以下、UE設定更新手続きは本手続きとも称する。本手続きは、コアネットワークが、UEの設定情報を更新するための手続きである。本手続きは、ネットワークに登録されたUEに対してネットワークが主導して実行するモビリティマネジメントのための手続きであってよい。また、UE設定更新手続きは、MM手続きであってもよい。
[3.2. UE settings update procedure]
Next, the UE configuration update procedure (Generic UE configuration update procedure) will be explained using FIG. 7. Hereinafter, the UE configuration update procedure will also be referred to as this procedure. This procedure is a procedure for the core network to update the configuration information of the UE. This procedure may be a procedure for mobility management that is executed on the initiative of the network for the UE registered in the network. Further, the UE configuration update procedure may be an MM procedure.
 さらに、AMF等のコアネットワーク内の装置は、ネットワークの設定の更新、及び/又はオペレータポリシーの更新に基づいて本手続きを開始してもよい。尚、本手続きのトリガは、UEのモビリティの検出であってもよいし、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク、及び/又はコアネットワークの状態変化の検出であってもよいし、ネットワークスライスの状態変化であってもよい。さらに、本手続きのトリガは、DN、及び/又はDNのアプリケーションサーバからの要求の受信であってもよいし、ネットワークの設定の変化であってもよいし、オペレータポリシーの変化であってもよい。さらに、本手続きのトリガは、実行しているタイマの満了であってもよい。尚、コアネットワーク内の装置が本手続きを開始するトリガはこれらに限らない。言い換えると、本手続きは、前述の登録手続き及び/又はPDUセッション確立手続きが完了した後の任意のタイミングで実行されてよい。さらに、本手続きは、各装置が5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態、及び/又は各装置が5GMM接続モードである状態であれば、任意のタイミングで実行されてよい。 Additionally, devices in the core network, such as the AMF, may initiate this procedure based on network configuration updates and/or operator policy updates. Note that the trigger for this procedure may be the detection of UE mobility, the detection of a change in the state of the UE and/or the access network, and/or the core network, or the detection of a change in the state of the network slice. It may be. Further, the trigger for this procedure may be the receipt of a request from the DN and/or the DN's application server, a change in network settings, or a change in operator policy. . Additionally, the trigger for this procedure may be the expiration of a running timer. Note that the trigger for a device in the core network to start this procedure is not limited to these. In other words, this procedure may be performed at any time after the above-mentioned registration procedure and/or PDU session establishment procedure is completed. Furthermore, this procedure may be executed at any timing as long as each device has established a 5GMM context and/or each device is in 5GMM connection mode.
 また、各装置は、本手続き中に、UEの設定情報を変更するための識別情報、及び/又はUEが実行している機能を停止又は変更するための識別情報を含んだメッセージを送受信してもよい。さらに、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、ネットワークが指示する設定に、設定情報を更新してもよいし、ネットワークが指示する挙動を開始してもよい。 Additionally, during this procedure, each device sends and receives messages containing identification information for changing the configuration information of the UE and/or identification information for stopping or changing the functions that the UE is performing. Good too. Further, based on the completion of this procedure, each device may update its configuration information to the settings instructed by the network, or may start a behavior instructed by the network.
 UEは、本手続きによって送受信される制御情報を基に、UEの設定情報を更新してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの設定情報の更新に伴って、実行している機能を停止してもよいし、新たな機能を開始してもよい。言い換えると、コアネットワーク内の装置は、本手続きを主導すること、さらには本手続きの制御メッセージ及び制御情報をUEに送信することより、これらの制御情報を用いて識別可能なUEの設定情報を、UEに更新させてもよい。さらに、コアネットワーク内の装置は、UEの設定情報を更新させることで、UEが実行している機能を停止させてもよいし、UEに新たな機能を開始させてもよい。 The UE may update its configuration information based on the control information transmitted and received through this procedure. Further, the UE may stop the function it is currently executing or may start a new function as the UE configuration information is updated. In other words, the device in the core network takes the initiative in this procedure, and furthermore, by sending the control message and control information of this procedure to the UE, the device in the core network uses these control information to generate configuration information of the UE that can be identified. , the UE may be updated. Furthermore, by updating the configuration information of the UE, the device in the core network may stop the function that the UE is executing, or may cause the UE to start a new function.
 まず、AMFは、5G AN (gNB)を介してUEに、設定更新コマンド(Configuration update command)メッセージを送信することにより(S1000)、UE設定更新手続きを開始する。 First, the AMF starts the UE configuration update procedure by transmitting a configuration update command message to the UE via the 5G AN (gNB) (S1000).
 更に、AMFは、UEの設定情報の更新があった場合に、第12から14の識別情報の内少なくとも1つを、設定更新コマンドメッセージに含めて送信してよい。 Further, when the configuration information of the UE is updated, the AMF may include at least one of the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information in a configuration update command message and transmit it.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを示してもよい。 Specifically, the network may indicate a local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information. Also, the network may indicate a list of one or more local service identifiers to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
 UEは、設定更新コマンドメッセージ、及び/又は第12から14の識別情報の内の1つ以上の情報を、ネットワークから受信する。より詳細には、UEは、設定更新コマンドメッセージ、及び/又は第12から14の識別情報の内の1つ以上の情報を、AMFから受信する。 The UE receives a configuration update command message and/or one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information from the network. More specifically, the UE receives a configuration update command message and/or one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth identification information from the AMF.
 UEは、第12から14の識別情報のうち、少なくとも1つの情報の受信に基づき、受信した情報を認識してよいし、記憶してもよい。 The UE may recognize or store the received information based on the reception of at least one piece of information among the twelfth to fourteenth identification information.
 さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
 尚、AMFは、各識別情報を設定更新コマンドメッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 The AMF shall decide whether to include each identification information in the configuration update command message based on each received identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network capability information. The selection and determination may be made based on the state, the user's registration information, and/or the context held by the AMF.
 また、AMFは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、設定更新コマンドメッセージを送信することで、UEの設定情報の更新の要求を示してもよい。 The AMF may also collect each received identification information, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or A request to update the configuration information of the UE may be indicated by transmitting a configuration update command message based on the context held by the AMF.
 UEは、5G AN(gNB)介して、AMFから設定更新コマンドメッセージを受信する(S1000)。UEは、設定更新コマンドメッセージ、及び/又は設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、UEの設定情報を更新してもよい。 The UE receives a configuration update command message from the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) (S1000). The UE may update its configuration information based on the configuration update command message and/or the identification information included in the configuration update command message.
 具体的には、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたか否かを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたか否かを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、設定更新コマンドメッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the configuration update command message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 また、UEは、設定更新コマンドメッセージを受信した場合、設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the configuration update command message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the configuration update command message.
 さらに、UEは、設定更新コマンドメッセージに含まれる識別情報に基づいて、設定更新コマンドメッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、設定更新完了(Configuration update complete)メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)を介して、AMFに送信してもよい(S1002)。 Furthermore, based on the identification information included in the configuration update command message, the UE sends a configuration update complete message to the AMF via the 5G AN (gNB) as a response message to the configuration update command message. You may do so (S1002).
 AMFは、UEが設定更新完了コマンドメッセージを送信した場合、5G AN(gNB)を介して、設定更新完了メッセージを受信する(S1002)。また、各装置は、設定更新コマンドメッセージ、及び/又は設定更新完了メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続きを完了する。 If the UE transmits the configuration update completion command message, the AMF receives the configuration update completion message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S1002). Furthermore, each device completes this procedure based on sending and receiving the settings update command message and/or the settings update completion message.
 さらに、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、本手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、設定情報に対する更新情報を送受信した場合、各装置は、設定情報を更新してもよい。さらに、登録手続きの実行が必要であることを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEは、本手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。 Furthermore, each device may perform processing based on the information transmitted and received in this procedure, based on the completion of this procedure. For example, when updating information on configuration information is transmitted and received, each device may update the configuration information. Furthermore, if the UE transmits or receives information indicating that it is necessary to perform the registration procedure, the UE may start the registration procedure based on the completion of this procedure.
 さらに、UEは、本手続きの完了に基づいて、設定情報コマンドメッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。また、UEは本手続き完了に基づき、記憶した情報に基づいて、各手続きを実行してもよい。 Additionally, the UE may store the identification information received with the configuration information command message or may recognize the network's decision based on the completion of this procedure. Further, the UE may execute each procedure based on the stored information based on the completion of this procedure.
 以上の手続きにおいて、設定更新コマンドメッセージの送受信により、コアネットワーク内の装置は、UEに対して、UEが既に適用している設定情報の更新を指示することができるし、UEが実行している機能の停止又は変更を指示することができる。 In the above procedure, by sending and receiving configuration update command messages, devices in the core network can instruct the UE to update the configuration information that the UE has already applied, and can update the configuration information that the UE is currently applying. It is possible to instruct the suspension or change of functions.
 [3.3. PDUセッション確立手続き]
 次に、UEが、PDUセッション確立手続きを実行する場合の各装置の挙動を、図8を用いて説明する。以下、PDUセッション確立手続きを本手続きと称する場合がある。また、PDUセッション確立手続きは、SM手続きであってもよい。
[3.3. PDU session establishment procedure]
Next, the behavior of each device when the UE executes the PDU session establishment procedure will be described using FIG. 8. Hereinafter, the PDU session establishment procedure may be referred to as this procedure. Furthermore, the PDU session establishment procedure may be an SM procedure.
 尚、本手続きは、登録手続きを1回以上実行した後に実行してもよい。 Note that this procedure may be executed after the registration procedure has been executed one or more times.
 まず、UEは、SMFにPDUセッション確立要求メッセージを送信し(S1200)(S1202)(S1204)、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始する。そして、SMFは、UEから、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを受信する。 First, the UE sends a PDU session establishment request message to the SMF (S1200) (S1202) (S1204) to start the PDU session establishment procedure. Then, the SMF receives the PDU session establishment request message from the UE.
 具体的には、UEは、アクセスネットワークを介して、AMFにPDUセッション確立要求メッセージを含むN1 SMコンテナを含むNASメッセージを送信することにより(S1200)、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始する。NASメッセージは、例えばN1インターフェースを介して送信されるメッセージであり、アップリンクNASトランスポート(UL NAS TRANSPORT)メッセージであってよい。 Specifically, the UE starts a PDU session establishment procedure by transmitting a NAS message including an N1 SM container including a PDU session establishment request message to the AMF via the access network (S1200). The NAS message is a message sent via the N1 interface, for example, and may be an uplink NAS transport (UL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
 ここで、UEは、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ、又はNASメッセージに含めて送信してよい。 Here, the UE may include one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the PDU session establishment request message or NAS message and transmit it.
 具体的には、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、DNNを示してもよい。また、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを示してもよい。また、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、第3の識別情報に関連したDNNを示してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may indicate the DNN to the network by transmitting the first identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the first identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the third identification information by transmitting the first identification information.
 また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、S-NSSAIを示してもよい。また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、第3の識別情報に関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network an S-NSSAI by transmitting the second identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network an S-NSSAI associated with a local service by transmitting the second identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network an S-NSSAI associated with a third identification information by transmitting the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第3の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、利用する局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報と同じであってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報で示される、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network the identifier of the local service to be used by transmitting the third identification information. Here, the third identification information may be the same as the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートすることを示してもよい。また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを示してもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network that it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
 尚、UEは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、UEが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 Note that by transmitting these identification information, the UE may indicate that the UE supports each function, or may indicate the UE's request. Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
 ここで、UEは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ、又はNASメッセージを送信することで、ネットワークに、各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Here, the UE may indicate the content of each piece of identification information to the network by transmitting a PDU session establishment request message or a NAS message.
 また、アクセスネットワークは、3GPPアクセス又はnon-3GPPアクセスであり、基地局装置を含んでよい。すなわち、UEは、基地局装置を介して、AMFにNASメッセージを送信する。 Furthermore, the access network may be a 3GPP access or a non-3GPP access and may include a base station device. That is, the UE transmits a NAS message to the AMF via the base station device.
 尚、UEは、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報をPDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めるかを、加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はUEが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 Note that the UE determines whether to include one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the PDU session establishment request message based on subscriber information, network status, and/or user registration information. , and/or the context held by the UE.
 尚、UEは、第1から4の識別情報以外の識別情報も、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めて送信してよい。 Note that the UE may include identification information other than the first to fourth identification information in the PDU session establishment request message and transmit it.
 次に、AMFは、NASメッセージを受信すると、UEが要求していること、及び/又はNASメッセージに含まれる情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)の内容を認識することができる。 Next, upon receiving the NAS message, the AMF can recognize what the UE is requesting and/or the contents of the information (message, container, information) included in the NAS message.
 次に、AMFは、UEから受信したNASメッセージに含まれる情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)の少なくとも一部の転送先として、SMFを選択する(S1202)。尚、AMFは、NASメッセージに含まれる情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、転送先のSMFを選択してもよい。 Next, the AMF selects the SMF as the destination for at least part of the information (message, container, information) included in the NAS message received from the UE (S1202). In addition, AMF is responsible for the information contained in the NAS message (message, container, information), and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or operator policy, and/or A transfer destination SMF may be selected based on the network state, user registration information, and/or context held by the AMF.
 次に、AMFは、選択されたSMFに、例えばN11インターフェースを介して、UEから受信したNASメッセージに含まれる情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)の少なくとも一部を送信する(S1204)。 Next, the AMF transmits at least part of the information (message, container, information) included in the NAS message received from the UE to the selected SMF, for example, via the N11 interface (S1204).
 次に、SMFは、AMFから送信された情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)を受信すると、UEが要求していること、及び/又はAMFから受信した情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)の内容を認識することができる。 Next, when the SMF receives information etc. (message, container, information) sent from the AMF, it can recognize what the UE is requesting and/or the contents of the information etc. (message, container, information) received from the AMF.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、DNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求するDNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求する局所的なサービスに関連するDNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、第3の識別情報に関連するDNNを認識してもよい。 Specifically, the network may recognize the DNN when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN associated with the third identification information when receiving the first identification information.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、S-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求する局所的なサービスに関連するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、第3の識別情報に関連するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。 Specifically, the network may recognize an S-NSSAI when it receives the second identification information. The network may also recognize an S-NSSAI requested by the UE when it receives the second identification information. The network may also recognize an S-NSSAI related to a local service requested by the UE when it receives the second identification information. The network may also recognize an S-NSSAI related to a third identification information when it receives the second identification information.
  また、ネットワークは、第3の識別情報を受信することで、UEが利用する局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 Additionally, the network may recognize the identifier of the local service used by the UE by receiving the third identification information. Here, the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第4の識別情報を受信することで、UEが局所的なサービスをサポートすることを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第4の識別情報を受信することで、UEが局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを認識してもよい。 The network may also recognize that the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information. The network may also recognize whether the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
 尚、上記ネットワークの挙動は、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記ネットワークの挙動は、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above network behavior may be performed after receiving the PDU session establishment request message. Furthermore, the network behavior described above may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージを受信した場合、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the network receives a PDU session establishment request message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the PDU session establishment request message.
 また、ネットワークは、受信した各識別情報を、他のNFに転送してもよい。 The network may also forward each received identification information to other NFs.
 ここで、SMFは、第2の条件判別をしてもよい。また、第2の条件判別は、ネットワークがUEの要求を受諾するか否かを判断する為のものであってよい。SMFは、第2の条件判別を真と判定した場合、図8の(A)の手続きを開始してよく、第2の条件判別を偽と判定した場合、図8の(B)の手続きを開始してよい。 Here, the SMF may perform a second condition determination. Further, the second condition determination may be for determining whether the network accepts the request from the UE. If the SMF determines that the second condition is true, it may start the procedure in (A) of Figure 8, and if it determines that the second condition is false, it may start the procedure in (B) of Figure 8. You may begin.
 尚、第2の条件判別は、SMF以外のNFが実行してもよい。そのNFは、例えば、NSSF、NWDAF、PCF、NRFであってもよい。SMF以外のNFが第2の条件判別を行う場合は、SMFは、そのNFに対して、第2の条件判別を行うために必要な情報、具体的には、UEから受信した情報の少なくとも一部を提供してよい(S1206)。そして、そのNFがSMFから受信した情報に基づいて第2の条件判別の真偽を判別した場合は、SMFに対して第2の条件判別の結果(つまり、真か偽か)を含む情報を伝えてよい。SMFは、そのNFから受信した第2の条件判別の結果に基づいて、UEに対して送信するべき識別情報、及び/又は制御メッセージを決定してよい。 The second condition determination may be performed by an NF other than the SMF. The NF may be, for example, an NSSF, an NWDAF, a PCF, or an NRF. When an NF other than the SMF performs the second condition determination, the SMF may provide the NF with information necessary to perform the second condition determination, specifically, at least a portion of the information received from the UE (S1206). Then, when the NF determines whether the second condition determination is true or false based on the information received from the SMF, it may convey information including the result of the second condition determination (i.e., true or false) to the SMF. The SMF may determine the identification information and/or control message to be transmitted to the UE based on the result of the second condition determination received from the NF.
 尚、第2の条件判別は、AMFから受信した情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)、及び/又は加入者情報(subscription information)、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はSMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、実行されてもよい。 Note that the second condition determination is based on information received from the AMF (message, container, information), and/or subscription information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or Alternatively, it may be executed based on operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the SMF.
 例えば、UEの要求をネットワークが許可する場合、第2の条件判別は真と判定されてよく、UEの要求をネットワークが許可しない場合、第2の条件判別は偽と判定されてよい。また、UEの接続先のネットワーク、及び/又はネットワーク内の装置が、UEが要求する機能をサポートしている場合、第2の条件判別は真と判定されてよく、UEが要求する機能をサポートしていない場合、第2の条件判別は偽と判定されてよい。また、送受信された識別情報が許可される場合、第2の条件判別は真と判定されてよく、送受信された識別情報が許可されない場合、第2の条件判別は偽と判定されてよい。 For example, if the network permits the UE's request, the second condition determination may be determined to be true; if the network does not permit the UE's request, the second condition determination may be determined to be false. Furthermore, if the network to which the UE is connected and/or the equipment within the network supports the function requested by the UE, the second condition determination may be determined to be true, and the device supports the function requested by the UE. If not, the second condition determination may be determined to be false. Furthermore, if the transmitted and received identification information is permitted, the second condition determination may be determined to be true, and if the transmitted and received identification information is not permitted, the second condition determination may be determined to be false.
 尚、第2の条件判別の真偽を判定する条件は、前述した条件に限らなくてよい。 Note that the conditions for determining the truth of the second condition determination are not limited to the conditions described above.
 次に、図8の(A)の手続きの各ステップを説明する。 Next, each step of the procedure in FIG. 8(A) will be explained.
 SMFは、確立するPDUセッションに対するUPFを選択し、選択されたUPFに、例えばN4インターフェースを介して、N4セッション確立要求メッセージを送信してもよい(S1208)。N4セッション確立要求メッセージには、PCFから受信したPCCルールの少なくとも一部が含まれてもよい。 The SMF may select a UPF for the PDU session to be established and send an N4 session establishment request message to the selected UPF, for example, via the N4 interface (S1208). The N4 session establishment request message may include at least a portion of the PCC rule received from the PCF.
 SMFはAMFから受信した情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)、及び/又はPCFから受信したPCCルール等の情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はSMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、C2コミュニケーションの承認を本手続き中に実行するか否かを決定してよい。 The SMF may decide whether or not to approve the C2 communication during this procedure based on information received from the AMF (messages, containers, information), and/or information such as PCC rules received from the PCF, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policies, and/or operator policies, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the SMF, etc.
 ここで、SMFは、AMFから受信した情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)、及び/又はPCFから受信したPCCルール等の情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はSMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、1以上のUPFを選択してもよい。また、複数のUPFが選択された場合、SMFは、各UPFに対してN4セッション確立要求メッセージを送信してよい。ここでは、UPFが選択されたものとする。 Here, the SMF may select one or more UPFs based on information received from the AMF (message, container, information), and/or information such as PCC rules received from the PCF, and/or subscriber information, and/or network capability information, and/or UE policy, and/or operator policy, and/or network status, and/or user registration information, and/or context held by the SMF, etc. Furthermore, if multiple UPFs are selected, the SMF may send an N4 session establishment request message to each UPF. Here, it is assumed that a UPF is selected.
 次に、UPFは、N4セッション確立要求メッセージを受信すると(S1208)、SMFから受信した情報の内容を認識することができる。また、UPFは、N4セッション確立要求メッセージの受信に基づいて、例えばN4インターフェースを介して、SMFにN4セッション確立応答メッセージを送信してよい(S1210)。 Next, upon receiving the N4 session establishment request message (S1208), the UPF can recognize the content of the information received from the SMF. Further, based on the reception of the N4 session establishment request message, the UPF may transmit an N4 session establishment response message to the SMF, for example, via the N4 interface (S1210).
 次に、SMFは、N4セッション確立要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、N4セッション確立応答メッセージを受信すると、UPFから受信した情報の内容を認識することができる。 Next, when the SMF receives the N4 session establishment response message as a response message to the N4 session establishment request message, it can recognize the content of the information received from the UPF.
 次に、SMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージの受信、及び/又はUPFの選択、及び/又はN4セッション確立応答メッセージの受信などに基づいて、UEにPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを送信する。そして、UEは、SMFから、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを受信する(S1218)(S1220)(S1222)。 Next, the SMF sends a PDU session establishment accept message to the UE based on the reception of the PDU session establishment request message, the selection of the UPF, and/or the reception of the N4 session establishment response message, etc. Then, the UE receives a PDU session establishment acceptance message from the SMF (S1218) (S1220) (S1222).
 具体的には、SMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージの受信、及び/又はUPFの選択、及び/又はN4セッション確立応答メッセージの受信などに基づいて、例えばN11インターフェースを介して、N1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はPDUセッションIDを、AMFに送信する(S1212)。ここで、N1 SMコンテナには、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージが含まれてよい。さらに、PDUセッションIDは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに含まれていてもよい。 Specifically, the SMF sends the N1 SM container and Sends/or N2 SM information and/or PDU session ID to AMF (S1212). Here, the N1 SM container may include a PDU session establishment acceptance message. Furthermore, the PDU session ID may be included in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
 次に、N1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はPDUセッションIDを受信したAMFは、アクセスネットワークに含まれる第1の基地局装置を介して、UEにNASメッセージを送信する(S1214)(S1216)。ここで、NASメッセージは、例えばN1インターフェースを介して、送信される。また、NASメッセージは、ダウンリンクNASトランスポート(DL NAS TRANSPORT)メッセージであってよい。 Next, the AMF that has received the N1 SM container and/or N2 SM information and/or PDU session ID transmits a NAS message to the UE via the first base station device included in the access network (S1214 )(S1216). Here, the NAS message is sent, for example, via the N1 interface. Additionally, the NAS message may be a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message.
 具体的には、AMFは、アクセスネットワークに含まれる基地局装置に対して、N2 PDUセッション要求メッセージを送信すると(S1214)、N2 PDUセッション要求メッセージを受信した基地局装置は、UEに対して、NASメッセージを送信する(S1216)。ここで、N2 PDUセッション要求メッセージには、NASメッセージ、及び/又はN2 SM情報が含まれてよい。また、NASメッセージには、PDUセッションID及び/又はN1 SMコンテナが含まれてよい。 Specifically, when the AMF transmits an N2 PDU session request message to the base station device included in the access network (S1214), the base station device that received the N2 PDU session request message requests the UE, Send a NAS message (S1216). Here, the N2 PDU session request message may include a NAS message and/or N2 SM information. The NAS message may also include a PDU session ID and/or an N1 SM container.
 また、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージは、PDUセッション確立要求に対する応答メッセージであってよい。また、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージは、PDUセッションの確立が受諾されたことを示してよい。 Additionally, the PDU session establishment acceptance message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request. Additionally, the PDU Session Establishment Accept message may indicate that the establishment of the PDU session has been accepted.
 ここで、SMF及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、及び/又はN1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はPDUセッションID、及び/又はNASメッセージ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はN2 PDUセッション要求メッセージを送信することで、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージによるUEの要求の少なくとも一部が受諾されたことを示してもよい。 Here, the SMF and/or AMF include a PDU session establishment acceptance message, and/or an N1 SM container, and/or a PDU session ID, and/or a NAS message, and/or an N2 SM information, and/or an N2 PDU session request. Sending the message may indicate that at least a portion of the UE's request via the PDU Session Establishment Request message has been accepted.
 ここで、SMF及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、及び/又はN1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はNASメッセージ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はN2 PDUセッション要求メッセージに、第10から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。 Here, the SMF and/or AMF include the tenth to fourteenth points in the PDU session establishment acceptance message, and/or the N1 SM container, and/or the NAS message, and/or the N2 SM information, and/or the N2 PDU session request message. One or more of the identification information may be included in the transmission.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第10の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを示してもよい。 Specifically, the network may indicate to the UE the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the tenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第11の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the eleventh identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information. The network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
 尚、SMFは、これらの識別情報及び/又はPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを送信することで、ネットワークが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよいし、UEからの要求を許可していない事を示してもよいし、これらを組み合わせた情報を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報として送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。 Note that the SMF may indicate that the network supports each function by transmitting these identification information and/or a PDU session establishment acceptance message, or may indicate that the UE's request has been accepted. It may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted, or it may indicate a combination of these information. Furthermore, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. Note that the information indicating support for each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received as the same identification information, or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
 ここで、ネットワークは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEに、上記識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Here, the network may indicate the content of the identification information to the UE by transmitting a PDU session establishment acceptance message.
 尚、ネットワークは、第10から14の識別情報以外の識別情報も、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに含めて送信してよい。 In addition, the network may also include identification information other than the 10th to 14th identification information in the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
 尚、SMF及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、及び/又はN1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はNASメッセージ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はN2 PDUセッション要求メッセージにどの識別情報を含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はSMF及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、決定をしてもよい。 Additionally, the SMF and/or AMF determines which identification information to include in the PDU session establishment acceptance message, and/or the N1 SM container, and/or the NAS message, and/or the N2 SM information, and/or the N2 PDU session request message. each received identification information and/or subscriber information and/or network capability information and/or UE policy and/or operator policy and/or network status and/or user registration information; And/or the decision may be made based on the context held by the SMF and/or the AMF.
 次に、UEは、例えばN1インターフェースを介して、NASメッセージを受信すると(S1216)、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージによるUEの要求が受諾されたこと、及び/又はNASメッセージに含まれる情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)の内容を認識することができる。 Next, when the UE receives the NAS message, for example via the N1 interface (S1216), the UE confirms that the UE's request via the PDU session establishment request message has been accepted and/or the information included in the NAS message (message, Containers, information) can be recognized.
 具体的には、UEは、第10の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第10の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを記憶してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information. The UE may also store the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information.
 具体的には、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを記憶してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information. The UE may also store the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたか否かを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたか否かを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the PDU session establishment acceptance message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 また、UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、及び/又はNASメッセージを受信した場合、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、及び/又はNASメッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 In addition, when the UE receives a PDU session establishment acceptance message and/or a NAS message, the UE may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information contained in the PDU session establishment acceptance message and/or the NAS message.
 次に、図8の(B)の手続きの各ステップを説明する。 Next, we explain each step of the procedure in Figure 8 (B).
 まず、SMFは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージの受信に基づいて、例えばN11インターフェースを介して、N1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はPDUセッションIDを、AMFに送信する(S1218)。ここで、N1 SMコンテナには、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージが含まれてよい。さらに、PDUセッションIDは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージに含まれていてもよい。 First, based on the reception of the PDU session establishment request message, the SMF transmits the N1 SM container and/or the PDU session ID to the AMF, for example, via the N11 interface (S1218). Here, the N1 SM container may include a PDU session establishment refusal message. Furthermore, the PDU session ID may be included in the PDU session establishment rejection message.
 次に、N1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はPDUセッションIDを受信したAMFは、アクセスネットワークに含まれる基地局装置を介して、UEにNASメッセージを送信する(S1220)(S1222)。ここで、NASメッセージは、例えばN1インターフェースを介して、送信される。また、NASメッセージは、ダウンリンクNASトランスポート(DL NAS TRANSPORT)メッセージであってよい。また、NASメッセージには、PDUセッションID及び/又はN1 SMコンテナが含まれてよい。 Next, the AMF that has received the N1 SM container and/or the PDU session ID transmits a NAS message to the UE via the base station device included in the access network (S1220) (S1222). Here, the NAS message is sent, for example, via the N1 interface. Additionally, the NAS message may be a downlink NAS transport (DL NAS TRANSPORT) message. The NAS message may also include a PDU session ID and/or an N1 SM container.
 また、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージは、PDUセッション確立要求に対する応答メッセージであってよい。また、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージは、PDUセッションの確立が拒絶されたことを示してよい。 Additionally, the PDU session establishment rejection message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request. Additionally, the PDU session establishment refusal message may indicate that establishment of a PDU session has been rejected.
 ここで、SMF及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ、及び/又はN1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はPDUセッションID、及び/又はNASメッセージを送信することで、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。 Here, the SMF and/or AMF requests the UE by means of a PDU session establishment request message by sending a PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or an N1 SM container, and/or a PDU session ID, and/or a NAS message. may indicate that the request was rejected.
 尚、SMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを送信することで、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよいし、UEからの要求を許可していない事を示してもよいし、これらを組み合わせた情報を示してもよい。 Note that by transmitting a PDU session establishment refusal message, the SMF may indicate that the UE's request has been rejected, or may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted, or may indicate that the request from the UE is not permitted. Combined information may also be shown.
 ここで、SMF及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ、及び/又はN1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はNASメッセージ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はN2 PDUセッション要求メッセージに、第10から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。 Here, the SMF and/or AMF include the tenth to fourteenth messages in the PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or the N1 SM container, and/or the NAS message, and/or the N2 SM information, and/or the N2 PDU session request message. One or more of the identification information may be included in the transmission.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第10の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを示してもよい。 Specifically, the network may indicate to the UE the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the tenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第11の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the eleventh identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information. The network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
 尚、SMF及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ、及び/又はN1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はNASメッセージ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はN2 PDUセッション要求メッセージにどの識別情報を含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はUEポリシー、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はSMF及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、決定をしてもよい。 Additionally, the SMF and/or AMF determines which identification information to include in the PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or N1 SM container, and/or NAS message, and/or N2 SM information, and/or N2 PDU session request message. each received identification information and/or subscriber information and/or network capability information and/or UE policy and/or operator policy and/or network status and/or user registration information; And/or the decision may be made based on the context held by the SMF and/or the AMF.
 さらに、SMF及び/又はAMFは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ、及び/又はN1 SMコンテナ、及び/又はNASメッセージ、及び/又はN2 SM情報、及び/又はN2 PDUセッション要求メッセージに、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、UE要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送信することで、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を受信することで、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、SMF及び/又はAMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないこと、及び/又は利用不可であることを示す情報であってもよい。 Additionally, the SMF and/or AMF may include a PDU session establishment refusal message, and/or an N1 SM container, and/or a NAS message, and/or an N2 SM information, and/or an N2 PDU session request message indicating that the UE's request is rejected. The information indicating that the UE request has been rejected may be included in the transmission, or the reason for the rejection of the UE request may be indicated by transmitting information indicating that the UE request has been rejected. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why the UE's request was rejected by receiving information indicating that the UE's request was rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the SMF and/or AMF is not permitted and/or cannot be used.
 具体的に、例えば、UEが要求する局所的なサービスをネットワークがサポートしていない場合に、SMF及び/又はAMFは、UEから受信した局所的なサービスの識別子が利用不可であること、及び/又はUEから受信した局所的なサービスに対してリソースが不十分であること、及び/又はUEから受信した局所的なサービスをサポートしないこと、及び/又はUEから受信した局所的なサービスが見つからない又は不明であること、を示す拒絶理由値をUEに送信してよい。拒絶理由値は、5GSM cause valueであってもよい。 Specifically, for example, if the network does not support a local service requested by the UE, the SMF and/or AMF may send a rejection cause value to the UE indicating that the identifier of the local service received from the UE is unavailable, and/or that there are insufficient resources for the local service received from the UE, and/or that the local service received from the UE is not supported, and/or that the local service received from the UE is not found or unknown. The rejection cause value may be a 5GSM cause value.
 次に、UEは、例えばN1インターフェースを介して、NASメッセージを受信すると(S1222)、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたこと、及び/又はNASメッセージに含まれる情報等(メッセージ、コンテナ、情報)の内容を認識することができる。 Next, when the UE receives the NAS message (S1222), for example via the N1 interface, the UE informs the user that the UE's request via the PDU session establishment request message has been rejected and/or the information contained in the NAS message (message, etc.). Containers, information) can be recognized.
 具体的には、UEは、第10の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第10の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを記憶してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information. The UE may also store the DNN associated with the local service when receiving the tenth identification information.
 具体的には、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを記憶してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information. The UE may also store the S-NSSAI associated with the local service when receiving the eleventh identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of one or more local service identifiers available to the UE and/or the network. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of one or more local service identifiers available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたか否かを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたか否かを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service cannot be used.Furthermore, when the UE receives the 14th identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE cannot be used.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the PDU session establishment rejection message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 また、UEは、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ、及び/又はNASメッセージを受信した場合、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ、及び/又はNASメッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives a PDU session establishment refusal message and/or a NAS message, the UE may implement the behavior when receiving each identification information included in the PDU session establishment refusal message and/or the NAS message. .
 さらに、UEは、第10から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、受信した識別情報が示す内容を認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第10から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した場合、NASメッセージ又はPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ又はPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容が許可されたことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives one or more of the identification information items 10 to 14, the UE may recognize the content indicated by the received identification information.Furthermore, when the UE receives one or more of the identification information items 10 to 14, the UE may recognize that the content indicated by the identification information included in the NAS message or the PDU session establishment acceptance message or the PDU session establishment rejection message is permitted.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、PDUセッション受諾メッセージ又はPDUセッション拒絶メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第10から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the PDU session acceptance message or the PDU session rejection message. Further, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the tenth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 UEは、NASメッセージ又はPDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ又はPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージを受信することで、上記識別情報の内容を認識してもよい。 The UE may recognize the content of the identification information by receiving the NAS message, the PDU session establishment acceptance message, or the PDU session establishment rejection message.
 各装置は、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージの送受信に基づいて、本手続きを完了してもよい。また、各装置は、本手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。このとき、各装置は、確立されたPDUセッションを用いてDNと通信可能な状態に遷移してよい。 Each device may complete this procedure based on sending and receiving the PDU session establishment acceptance message. Furthermore, each device may establish a PDU session based on the completion of this procedure. At this time, each device may transition to a state where it can communicate with the DN using the established PDU session.
 各装置は、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づいて、本手続きを完了してもよい。このとき、各装置は、PDUセッションを確立することができないため、すでに確立済みのPDUセッションがない場合は、DNと通信できない。 Each device may complete this procedure based on the transmission and reception of the PDU session establishment rejection message. At this time, since each device cannot establish a PDU session, it cannot communicate with the DN if there is no already established PDU session.
 なお、上記に示すUEが各識別情報の受信に基づき実行する各処理は、本手続き中、又は本手続き完了後に実行されてもよいし、本手続き完了後に、本手続き完了に基づき実行されてもよい。 In addition, each process that the UE executes based on the reception of each identification information shown above may be executed during this procedure, after the completion of this procedure, or after the completion of this procedure, based on the completion of this procedure. good.
 [4. 実施形態]
 次に、各実施形態について説明する。
[4. Embodiment]
Next, each embodiment will be described.
 [4.1. 第1の実施形態]
 まず、第1の実施形態について説明する。本章において、第1の実施形態は、本実施形態と称されてもよい。
[4.1. First embodiment]
First, a first embodiment will be described. In this chapter, the first embodiment may be referred to as the present embodiment.
 本実施形態では、ネットワークは、hosting networkであってもよいし、ホームネットワークであってもよい。ここで、hosting networkは、SNPNであってもよいし、PNI-NPNであってもよい。また、ホームネットワークは、SNPNであってもよいし、PNI-NPNであってもよい。 In this embodiment, the network may be a hosting network or a home network. Here, the hosting network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN. Also, the home network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
 また、本実施形態では、登録手続き、及び/又はUE設定更新手続き、及び/又はPDUセッション確立手続きが実施されてもよい。 Additionally, in this embodiment, a registration procedure, a UE configuration update procedure, and/or a PDU session establishment procedure may be implemented.
 本実施形態は、異なる局所的なサービスに対して、共通のDNNとS-NSSAIが使用される場合の挙動であってもよい。例えば、局所的なサービス#1と局所的なサービス#2が存在する場合、局所的なサービス#1に対してDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1を使用し、局所的なサービス#2に対してもDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1を使用する。 This embodiment may be the behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services. For example, when local service #1 and local service #2 exist, DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 are used for local service #1, and DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 are also used for local service #2.
 具体的には、本実施形態は、異なる局所的なサービスに対して、共通のDNNとS-NSSAIを使用し、さらに、異なる局所的なサービスの識別子を使用する場合の挙動であってもよい。例えば、局所的なサービス#1と局所的なサービス#2が存在する場合、局所的なサービス#1に対してDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1と局所的なサービスの識別子#1を使用し、局所的なサービス#2に対してDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1と局所的なサービスの識別子#2を使用する。ここで、局所的なサービスの識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報と同じであってもよい。 Specifically, this embodiment may be a behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services, and further, identifiers of different local services are used. . For example, if local service #1 and local service #2 exist, use DNN#1, S-NSSAI #1, and local service identifier #1 for local service #1. , use DNN#1, S-NSSAI#1, and local service identifier #2 for local service #2. Here, the local service identifier may be the same as the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 本実施形態において、第1の制御メッセージとは、登録受諾メッセージ、又は設定更新コマンドメッセージであってよい。 In this embodiment, the first control message may be a registration acceptance message or a settings update command message.
 また、本実施形態において、第2の制御メッセージとは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージであってもよい。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the second control message may be a PDU session establishment request message.
 以下、本手続きの各ステップについて説明していく。 Each step of this procedure will be explained below.
 まず、ネットワークは、UEに、第1の制御メッセージを送信する。ここで、ネットワークは、第1の制御メッセージに、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。 First, the network transmits a first control message to the UE. Here, the network may transmit the first control message including one or more of the identification information items 12 to 14.
 ここで、ネットワークは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第1の制御メッセージに含めて送信することで、第1の制御メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに示してもよい。 Here, the network includes one or more pieces of identification information among the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information in the first control message and transmits it, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the first control message. May be indicated to the UE.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを示してもよい。 Specifically, the network may indicate the local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the twelfth identification information. The network may also indicate to the UE a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services by transmitting the twelfth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第1の制御メッセージを送信することで、UEに、第1の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、各識別情報を送信することで、UEに、各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Furthermore, the network may indicate to the UE the content of each piece of identification information included in the first control message by transmitting the first control message. The network may also indicate to the UE the content of each identification information by transmitting each identification information.
 尚、ネットワークは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第1の制御メッセージに含めるかを、UEの状態、及び/又は局所的なサービスプロバイダから受信した情報、及び/又はUDMから受信した情報、及び/又はAUSFから受信した情報等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 Note that the network determines whether to include one or more of the 12th to 14th identification information in the first control message based on the state of the UE and/or information received from the local service provider; Selection and determination may be made based on/or information received from UDM and/or information received from AUSF.
 また、ネットワークは、UEの状態、及び/又は局所的なサービスプロバイダから受信した情報、及び/又はUDMから受信した情報、及び/又はAUSFから受信した情報等に基づいて、第1の制御メッセージ及び/又は各識別情報を送信するか否かを判断してもよい。また、ネットワークは、局所的なサービスプロバイダ及び/又はUDMから受信した情報に基づいて、第1の制御メッセージ及び/又は各識別情報を送信してもよい。また、ネットワークは、AUSFから受信した、局所的なサービスが終了することを示す情報に基づいて、第1の制御メッセージ及び/又は各識別情報を送信してもよい。 The network also sends the first control message and /Or it may be determined whether to transmit each piece of identification information. The network may also send the first control message and/or the respective identification information based on information received from the local service provider and/or UDM. The network may also transmit the first control message and/or the respective identification information based on information received from the AUSF indicating that the local service is to be terminated.
 次に、UEは、第1の制御メッセージを受信する。また、UEは、ネットワークから、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めた第1の制御メッセージを受信してもよい。 Next, the UE receives the first control message. Further, the UE may receive a first control message including one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information from the network.
 さらに、UEは、第1の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第1の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第1の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第1の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報の内容を認識してもよい。 Furthermore, based on the reception of the first control message, the UE may store the identification information received along with the first control message, or may recognize the network's decision. Furthermore, based on reception of the first control message, the UE may recognize the content of the identification information received together with the first control message.
 具体的には、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。 Further, the UE may store an identifier of a local service when it receives the twelfth identification information. Further, the UE may store an identifier of an available local service when it receives the twelfth identification information. Further, the UE may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when it receives the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたか否かを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたか否かを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、第1の制御メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the first control message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 また、UEは、第1の制御メッセージを受信した場合、第1の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the first control message, the UE may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the first control message.
 次に、UEは、ネットワークに、第2の制御メッセージを送信する。ここで、UEは、第2の制御メッセージに、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。 Next, the UE sends a second control message to the network. Here, the UE may transmit the second control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
 ここで、UEは、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第2の制御メッセージに含めて送信することで、第2の制御メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をネットワークに示してもよい。 Here, the UE transmits the second control message by including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the second control message, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the second control message. It may also be shown on the network.
 具体的には、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、DNNを示してもよい。また、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを示してもよい。また、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、第3の識別情報に関連したDNNを示してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may indicate the DNN to the network by transmitting the first identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the local service by transmitting the first identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the DNN associated with the third identification information by transmitting the first identification information.
 また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、S-NSSAIを示してもよい。また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、第3の識別情報に関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。 The UE may also indicate the S-NSSAI to the network by transmitting the second identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the second identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information by transmitting the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第3の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、利用する局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報と同じであってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報で示される、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network the identifier of the local service to be used by transmitting the third identification information. Here, the third identification information may be the same as the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification information. Here, the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートすることを示してもよい。また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを示してもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network that it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports local services by transmitting the fourth identification information.
 また、UEは、第2の制御メッセージを送信することで、ネットワークに、第2の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。また、UEは、各識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may indicate to the network the content of each piece of identification information included in the second control message by transmitting the second control message. Furthermore, the UE may indicate the content of each identification information to the network by transmitting each identification information.
 尚、UEは、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第2の制御メッセージに含めるかを、UEの状態、及び/又は受信した各識別情報等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 The UE may select and determine whether to include one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the second control message based on the state of the UE and/or each piece of received identification information, etc.
 次に、ネットワークは、第2の制御メッセージを受信する。また、ネットワークは、UEから、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めた第2の制御メッセージを受信してもよい。 Next, the network receives a second control message. Further, the network may receive a second control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information from the UE.
 さらに、ネットワークは、第2の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第2の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、UEの決定を認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第2の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報の内容を認識してもよい。 Further, based on the reception of the second control message, the network may store the identification information received with the second control message or may recognize the UE's decision. Additionally, the network may recognize the content of the identification information received along with the second control message based on the reception of the second control message.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、DNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求するDNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求する局所的なサービスに関連するDNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、第3の識別情報に関連するDNNを認識してもよい。 Specifically, the network may recognize the DNN when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN associated with the third identification information when receiving the first identification information.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、S-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求する局所的なサービスに関連するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、第3の識別情報に関連するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。 Specifically, the network may recognize the S-NSSAI when receiving the second identification information. Additionally, the network may recognize the S-NSSAI requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information when receiving the second identification information.
  また、ネットワークは、第3の識別情報を受信することで、UEが利用する局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 Additionally, the network may recognize the identifier of the local service used by the UE by receiving the third identification information. Here, the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第4の識別情報を受信することで、UEが局所的なサービスをサポートすることを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第4の識別情報を受信することで、UEが局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを認識してもよい。 The network may also recognize that the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information. The network may also recognize whether the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
 尚、上記ネットワークの挙動は、第2の制御メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記ネットワークの挙動は、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 The network behavior may be implemented after receiving the second control message. The network behavior may be implemented after receiving one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第2の制御メッセージを受信した場合、第2の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the network receives the second control message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the second control message.
 また、ネットワークは、受信した各識別情報を、他のNFに転送してもよい。 Additionally, the network may forward each received identification information to other NFs.
 [4.2. 第2の実施形態]
 まず、第2の実施形態について説明する。本章において、第2の実施形態は、本実施形態と称されてもよい。
[4.2. Second embodiment]
First, a second embodiment will be described. In this chapter, the second embodiment may be referred to as the present embodiment.
 本実施形態では、ネットワークは、hosting networkであってもよいし、ホームネットワークであってもよい。ここで、hosting networkは、SNPNであってもよいし、PNI-NPNであってもよい。また、ホームネットワークは、SNPNであってもよいし、PNI-NPNであってもよい。 In this embodiment, the network may be a hosting network or a home network. Here, the hosting network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN. Also, the home network may be an SNPN or a PNI-NPN.
 また、本実施形態では、PDUセッション確立手続きが実施されてもよい。 Additionally, in this embodiment, a PDU session establishment procedure may be implemented.
 また、本実施形態は、登録手続き、及び/又はUE設定更新手続きの後に実施されてもよい。 Additionally, this embodiment may be implemented after the registration procedure and/or the UE configuration update procedure.
 本実施形態は、異なる局所的なサービスに対して、共通のDNNとS-NSSAIが使用される場合の挙動であってもよい。例えば、局所的なサービス#1と局所的なサービス#2が存在する場合、局所的なサービス#1に対してDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1を使用し、局所的なサービス#2に対してもDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1を使用する。 This embodiment may be the behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services. For example, if local service #1 and local service #2 exist, use DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 for local service #1, and use DNN #1 and S-NSSAI #1 for local service #2. However, use DNN#1 and S-NSSAI#1.
 具体的には、本実施形態は、異なる局所的なサービスに対して、共通のDNNとS-NSSAIを使用し、さらに、異なる局所的なサービスの識別子を使用する場合の挙動であってもよい。例えば、局所的なサービス#1と局所的なサービス#2が存在する場合、局所的なサービス#1に対してDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1と局所的なサービスの識別子#1を使用し、局所的なサービス#2に対してDNN#1とS-NSSAI#1と局所的なサービスの識別子#2を使用する。ここで、局所的なサービスの識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報と同じであってもよい。 Specifically, this embodiment may be a behavior when a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services, and further, identifiers of different local services are used. . For example, if local service #1 and local service #2 exist, use DNN#1, S-NSSAI #1, and local service identifier #1 for local service #1. , use DNN#1, S-NSSAI#1, and local service identifier #2 for local service #2. Here, the local service identifier may be the same as the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 本実施形態において、第1の制御メッセージとは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージであってよい。 In this embodiment, the first control message may be a PDU session establishment request message.
 また、本実施形態において、第2の制御メッセージとは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ又はPDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージであってもよい。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the second control message may be a PDU session establishment acceptance message or a PDU session establishment rejection message.
 以下、本手続きの各ステップについて説明していく。 Below, we will explain each step of this procedure.
 まず、UEは、ネットワークに、第1の制御メッセージを送信する。ここで、UEは、第1の制御メッセージに、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。 First, the UE transmits a first control message to the network. Here, the UE may transmit the first control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
 ここで、UEは、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第1の制御メッセージに含めて送信することで、第1の制御メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をネットワークに示してもよい。 Here, the UE transmits the first control message by including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information in the first control message, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the first control message. It may also be shown on the network.
 具体的には、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、DNNを示してもよい。また、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスに関連したDNNを示してもよい。また、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、第3の識別情報に関連したDNNを示してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may indicate to the network a DNN by transmitting a first identification. The UE may also indicate to the network a DNN associated with a local service by transmitting the first identification. The UE may also indicate to the network a DNN associated with a third identification by transmitting the first identification.
 また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、S-NSSAIを示してもよい。また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスに関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。また、UEは、第2の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、第3の識別情報に関連したS-NSSAIを示してもよい。 The UE may also indicate the S-NSSAI to the network by transmitting the second identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the local service by transmitting the second identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information by transmitting the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第3の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、利用する局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報と同じであってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第12の識別情報で示される、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子であってもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network an identifier of a local service to be used by transmitting a third identification. Here, the third identification may be the same as the twelfth identification. Here, the third identification may be an identifier of one or more local services indicated by the twelfth identification. Here, the third identification may be associated with the first identification and/or the second identification.
 また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートすることを示してもよい。また、UEは、第4の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを示してもよい。 The UE may also indicate to the network that it supports localized services by transmitting the fourth identification information. The UE may also indicate to the network whether it supports localized services or not by transmitting the fourth identification information.
 また、UEは、第1の制御メッセージを送信することで、ネットワークに、第1の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。また、UEは、各識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークに、各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Furthermore, the UE may indicate to the network the content of each piece of identification information included in the first control message by transmitting the first control message. Furthermore, the UE may indicate the content of each identification information to the network by transmitting each identification information.
 尚、UEは、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第1の制御メッセージに含めるかを、UEの状態、及び/又は受信した各識別情報等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 Note that the UE selects whether to include one or more identification information among the first to fourth identification information in the first control message based on the state of the UE and/or each received identification information. , may be determined.
 次に、ネットワークは、第1の制御メッセージを受信する。また、ネットワークは、UEから、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めた第1の制御メッセージを受信してもよい。 Next, the network receives the first control message. Further, the network may receive from the UE a first control message including one or more of the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
 さらに、ネットワークは、第1の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第1の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、UEの決定を認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第1の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報の内容を認識してもよい。 Further, based on the reception of the first control message, the network may store the identification information received with the first control message or may recognize the UE's decision. Additionally, the network may recognize the content of the identification information received along with the first control message based on the reception of the first control message.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、DNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求するDNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求する局所的なサービスに関連するDNNを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第1の識別情報を受信した場合、第3の識別情報に関連するDNNを認識してもよい。 Specifically, the network may recognize the DNN when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the first identification information. The network may also recognize the DNN associated with the third identification information when receiving the first identification information.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、S-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求する局所的なサービスに関連するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第2の識別情報を受信した場合、第3の識別情報に関連するS-NSSAIを認識してもよい。 Specifically, the network may recognize the S-NSSAI when receiving the second identification information. Additionally, the network may recognize the S-NSSAI requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the local service requested by the UE when receiving the second identification information. The network may also recognize the S-NSSAI associated with the third identification information when receiving the second identification information.
  また、ネットワークは、第3の識別情報を受信することで、UEが利用する局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。ここで、第3の識別情報は、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報に関連付けられていてもよい。 Additionally, the network may recognize the identifier of the local service used by the UE by receiving the third identification information. Here, the third identification information may be associated with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第4の識別情報を受信することで、UEが局所的なサービスをサポートすることを認識してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第4の識別情報を受信することで、UEが局所的なサービスをサポートするか否かを認識してもよい。 The network may also recognize that the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information. The network may also recognize whether the UE supports local services by receiving the fourth identification information.
 尚、上記ネットワークの挙動は、第1の制御メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記ネットワークの挙動は、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the network behavior described above may be implemented after receiving the first control message. Furthermore, the network behavior described above may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the first to fourth pieces of identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第1の制御メッセージを受信した場合、第1の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the network receives the first control message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the first control message.
 また、ネットワークは、受信した各識別情報を、他のNFに転送してもよい。 Additionally, the network may forward each received identification information to other NFs.
 次に、ネットワークは、UEに、第2の制御メッセージを送信する。ここで、ネットワークは、第2の制御メッセージに、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。 Next, the network sends a second control message to the UE. Here, the network may transmit the second control message including one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth identification information.
 ここで、ネットワークは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第2の制御メッセージに含めて送信することで、第2の制御メッセージに含めた識別情報が示す内容をUEに示してもよい。 Here, the network includes one or more pieces of identification information among the 12th to 14th pieces of identification information in the second control message and transmits it, thereby transmitting the content indicated by the identification information included in the second control message. May be indicated to the UE.
 具体的には、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスの識別子を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを示してもよい。 Specifically, the network may indicate a local service identifier to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information. Also, the network may indicate a list of one or more local service identifiers to the UE by transmitting the 12th identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを認証及び/又は承認するか否かを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE whether to authenticate and/or authorize the local service by transmitting the thirteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、UEに、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを示してもよい。 The network may also indicate to the UE that the local service is unavailable by transmitting the fourteenth identification information.
 また、ネットワークは、第2の制御メッセージを送信することで、UEに、第2の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。また、ネットワークは、各識別情報を送信することで、UEに、各識別情報の内容を示してもよい。 Additionally, the network may indicate to the UE the content of each piece of identification information included in the second control message by transmitting the second control message. The network may also indicate to the UE the content of each identification information by transmitting each identification information.
 尚、ネットワークは、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を第2の制御メッセージに含めるかを、UEの状態、及び/又は局所的なサービスプロバイダから受信した情報、及び/又はUDMから受信した情報、及び/又はAUSFから受信した情報等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。 Note that the network determines whether to include one or more of the 12th to 14th identification information in the second control message based on the state of the UE and/or information received from the local service provider; Selection and determination may be made based on/or information received from UDM and/or information received from AUSF.
 また、ネットワークは、UEの状態、及び/又は局所的なサービスプロバイダから受信した情報、及び/又はUDMから受信した情報、及び/又はAUSFから受信した情報等に基づいて、第2の制御メッセージ及び/又は各識別情報を送信するか否かを判断してもよい。また、ネットワークは、局所的なサービスプロバイダ及び/又はUDMから受信した情報に基づいて、第2の制御メッセージ及び/又は各識別情報を送信してもよい。また、ネットワークは、AUSFから受信した、局所的なサービスが終了することを示す情報に基づいて、第2の制御メッセージ及び/又は各識別情報を送信してもよい。 The network also sends a second control message and /Or it may be determined whether to transmit each piece of identification information. The network may also send the second control message and/or the respective identification information based on information received from the local service provider and/or UDM. The network may also send the second control message and/or the respective identification information based on the information received from the AUSF indicating that the local service is to be terminated.
 次に、UEは、第2の制御メッセージを受信する。また、UEは、ネットワークから、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めた第2の制御メッセージを受信してもよい。 Next, the UE receives the second control message. Further, the UE may receive a second control message including one or more of the twelfth to fourteenth identification information from the network.
 さらに、UEは、第2の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第2の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第2の制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、第2の制御メッセージとともに受信した識別情報の内容を認識してもよい。 Further, the UE may store the identification information received with the second control message and recognize the network's decision based on receiving the second control message. Also, the UE may recognize the content of the identification information received with the second control message based on receiving the second control message.
 具体的には、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識してもよい。 Specifically, the UE may recognize the local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the available local service identifier when receiving the twelfth identification information. The UE may also recognize the identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store the local service identifier. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store the identifier of the available local service. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may store an identifier of a local service available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを認識してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list made up of one or more local service identifiers. Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may recognize a list comprised of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also recognize, when receiving the twelfth identification information, a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、UE及び/又はネットワークが利用可能な1以上の局所的なサービスの識別子で構成されたリストを記憶してもよい。 Additionally, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list composed of one or more local service identifiers. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store a list consisting of identifiers of one or more available local services. The UE may also store a list comprised of identifiers of one or more local services available to the UE and/or the network when receiving the twelfth identification information.
 また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、第1の識別情報及び/又は第2の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, it may associate it with the first identification information and/or the second identification information. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the first identification information and/or the second identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが認証及び/又は承認されたか否かを認識してもよい。 The UE may also recognize that the local service has been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize that the local service has not been authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. The UE may also recognize whether the local service is authenticated and/or authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されなかったことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが許可されたか否かを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service has been granted. The UE may also recognize that the local service is not authorized if it receives the thirteenth identification information. Additionally, the UE may recognize whether local service is authorized or not when receiving the thirteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けてもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may associate it with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第1から4の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。また、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報と関連付けて記憶してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, it may store it in association with one or more of the first to fourth identification information. Further, when the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, the UE may store it in association with the twelfth identification information and/or the fourteenth identification information.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスを利用できないことを認識してよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service is not available. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、UEが要求した局所的なサービスが、利用可能な時間でないことを認識してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service is not available at the time. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service requested by the UE is not available at the time.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの認証及び/又は承認が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service authentication and/or authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the authentication and/or authorization of the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第13の識別情報で示された局所的なサービスの許可が取り消されたことを認識してもよい。 Additionally, if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, it may recognize that the local service authorization has been revoked. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that permission for the local service indicated by the thirteenth identification information has been revoked.
 また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子に対応する局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。また、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、サービス識別子によって示される局所的なサービスが利用できないことを認識してもよい。ここで、サービス識別子は、第3の識別情報及び/又は第12の識別情報で示されるサービス識別子であってもよい。 Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service corresponding to the service identifier is unavailable. Further, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize that the local service indicated by the service identifier is unavailable. Here, the service identifier may be a service identifier indicated by the third identification information and/or the twelfth identification information.
 尚、上記UEの挙動は、第2の制御メッセージを受信した後に実施されてもよい。また、上記UEの挙動は、第12から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を受信した後に実施されてもよい。 Note that the above behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving the second control message. Furthermore, the behavior of the UE may be performed after receiving one or more pieces of identification information among the twelfth to fourteenth pieces of identification information.
 また、UEは、第2の制御メッセージを受信した場合、第2の制御メッセージに含まれる各識別情報を受信した際の挙動を実施してもよい。 Furthermore, when the UE receives the second control message, it may perform the behavior when receiving each piece of identification information included in the second control message.
 [5. 変形例]
 本発明の一態様に関わる装置で動作するプログラムは、本発明の一態様に関わる実施形態の機能を実現するように、Central Processing Unit(CPU)等を制御してコンピュータを機能させるプログラムであっても良い。プログラムあるいはプログラムによって取り扱われる情報は、一時的にRandom Access Memory(RAM)等の揮発性メモリあるいはフラッシュメモリ等の不揮発性メモリやHard Disk Drive(HDD)、あるいはその他の記憶装置システムに格納される。
[5. Variations]
A program that runs on a device related to one aspect of the present invention is a program that controls a central processing unit (CPU) or the like to make a computer function so as to realize the functions of the embodiment related to one aspect of the present invention. Also good. Programs or information handled by programs are temporarily stored in volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM), non-volatile memory such as flash memory, hard disk drive (HDD), or other storage system.
 尚、本発明の一態様に関わる実施形態の機能を実現する為のプログラムをコンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録しても良い。この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行する事によって実現しても良い。ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、装置に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、オペレーティングシステムや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、半導体記録媒体、光記録媒体、磁気記録媒体、短時間動的にプログラムを保持する媒体、あるいはコンピュータが読み取り可能なその他の記録媒体であっても良い。 In addition, a program for realizing the functions of an embodiment relating to one aspect of the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium. The program recorded on this recording medium may be read into a computer system and executed to realize the functions. The "computer system" here refers to a computer system built into a device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices. Furthermore, the "computer-readable recording medium" may be a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short period of time, or any other recording medium that can be read by a computer.
 また、上述した実施形態に用いた装置の各機能ブロック、または諸特徴は、電気回路、たとえば、集積回路あるいは複数の集積回路で実装または実行され得る。本明細書で述べられた機能を実行するように設計された電気回路は、汎用用途プロセッサ、デジタルシグナルプロセッサ(DSP)、特定用途向け集積回路(ASIC)、フィールドプログラマブルゲートアレイ(FPGA)、またはその他のプログラマブル論理デバイス、ディスクリートゲートまたはトランジスタロジック、ディスクリートハードウェア部品、またはこれらを組み合わせたものを含んでよい。汎用用途プロセッサは、マイクロプロセッサでもよいし、従来型のプロセッサ、コントローラ、マイクロコントローラ、またはステートマシンであっても良い。前述した電気回路は、デジタル回路で構成されていてもよいし、アナログ回路で構成されていてもよい。また、半導体技術の進歩により現在の集積回路に代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、本発明の一又は複数の態様は当該技術による新たな集積回路を用いる事も可能である。 Additionally, each functional block or feature of the device used in the embodiments described above may be implemented or executed in an electrical circuit, such as an integrated circuit or multiple integrated circuits. An electrical circuit designed to perform the functions described herein may be a general purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or combinations thereof. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or a conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The electric circuit described above may be composed of a digital circuit or an analog circuit. Furthermore, if an integrated circuit technology that replaces the current integrated circuit emerges due to advances in semiconductor technology, one or more embodiments of the present invention can also use a new integrated circuit based on this technology.
 なお、本願発明は上述の実施形態に限定されるものではない。実施形態では、装置の1例を記載したが、本願発明は、これに限定されるものではなく、屋内外に設置される据え置き型、または非可動型の電子機器、たとえば、AV機器、キッチン機器、掃除・洗濯機器、空調機器、オフィス機器、自動販売機、その他生活機器等の端末装置もしくは通信装置に適用出来る。 Note that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments. In the embodiment, one example of the device is described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and can be applied to stationary or non-movable electronic equipment installed indoors or outdoors, such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment, etc. It can be applied to terminal devices or communication devices such as cleaning/washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other household equipment.
 以上、この発明の実施形態に関して図面を参照して詳述してきたが、具体的な構成はこの実施形態に限られるものではなく、この発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲の設計変更等も含まれる。また、本発明は、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。また、上記各実施形態に記載された要素であり、同様の効果を奏する要素同士を置換した構成も含まれる。
(関連出願の相互参照)
 本出願は、2022年9月20日に出願された日本国特許出願:特願2022-148727に対して優先権の利益を主張するものであり、それを参照することにより、その内容の全てが本書に含まれる。
Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above in detail with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to these embodiments, and may include design changes within the scope of the gist of the present invention. Further, the present invention can be modified in various ways within the scope shown in the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments are also included within the technical scope of the present invention. It will be done. Also included are configurations in which the elements described in each of the above embodiments are replaced with each other and have similar effects.
(Cross reference to related applications)
This application claims priority to the Japanese patent application filed on September 20, 2022: Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-148727. Included in this book.
1 移動通信システム
10 UE_A
30 PGW-U
32 PGW-C
35 SGW
40 MME
45 eNB
50 HSS
60 PCRF
80 アクセスネットワーク_A(E-UTRAN)
90 コアネットワーク_A
120 アクセスネットワーク_B(5G AN)
122 gNB
130 UPF
132 SMF
140 AMF
150 UDM
160 PCF
190 コアネットワーク_B
235 UPF_A
239 UPF_C
1 Mobile communication system
10 UE_A
30 PGW-U
32 PGW-C
35 SGW
40MME
45 eNB
50HSS
60 PCRF
80 Access network_A(E-UTRAN)
90 Core network_A
120 Access network_B(5G AN)
122 gNB
130 UPF
132 SMF
140AMF
150UDM
160 PCF
190 Core network_B
235 UPF_A
239 UPF_C

Claims (1)

  1.  User Equipment (UE)であって、
     前記UEは、送受信部と制御部とを備え、
     異なる局所的なサービスに対して、共通のDNNとS-NSSAIが使用される場合、
      前記送受信部は、コアネットワークから、第1の識別情報を含む、登録受諾メッセージ又は設定更新コマンドメッセージを受信し、
      前記第1の識別情報は、局所的なサービスの識別子であり、
      前記制御部は、前記第1の識別情報の受信を基に、利用可能な局所的なサービスの識別子を認識し、
      前記送受信部は、コアネットワークに、前記第1の識別情報を含むPDUセッション確立要求メッセージを送信する、
    ことを特徴とするUE。
    User Equipment (UE),
    The UE includes a transmitting/receiving unit and a control unit,
    When a common DNN and S-NSSAI are used for different local services,
    The transmitting/receiving unit receives a registration acceptance message or a settings update command message including the first identification information from the core network,
    the first identification information is a local service identifier;
    The control unit recognizes an available local service identifier based on the reception of the first identification information,
    The transmitting/receiving unit transmits a PDU session establishment request message including the first identification information to the core network.
    UE characterized by.
PCT/JP2023/032778 2022-09-20 2023-09-08 User equipment (ue) WO2024062941A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022148727 2022-09-20
JP2022-148727 2022-09-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024062941A1 true WO2024062941A1 (en) 2024-03-28

Family

ID=90454265

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/032778 WO2024062941A1 (en) 2022-09-20 2023-09-08 User equipment (ue)

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024062941A1 (en)

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Study on enhanced support of Non-Public Networks; Phase 2 (Release 18)", 3GPP TR 23.700-08, no. V1.2.0, 15 September 2022 (2022-09-15), pages 1 - 164, XP052210756 *
MARCO SPINI, HUAWEI, HISILICON: "KI#5, Discussion on solution on ensuring UE accesses localized service in the service area/time", 3GPP TSG SA WG2 #152E, S2-2206164, 10 August 2022 (2022-08-10), XP052184562 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021205955A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication method for ue
WO2021215228A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and access and mobility management function (amf)
WO2021241114A1 (en) User equipment (ue), core network device, access and mobility management function (amf), and session management function (smf)
WO2022004699A1 (en) User equipment (ue) and communication control method for ue
WO2021132288A1 (en) User Equipment (UE)
WO2023013276A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022107783A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2021193937A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2021132502A1 (en) Ue, control device, and communication control method
WO2024062941A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2024062942A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2024024690A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2024024689A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023188726A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023188727A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2024095782A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2024095781A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023248883A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2022030474A1 (en) Ue (user equipment)
WO2023248884A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2024048398A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023210479A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2023210478A1 (en) User equipment (ue)
WO2021132287A1 (en) User Equipment (UE)
WO2023013277A1 (en) User equipment (ue)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23868064

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1